Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | :mod:`os` --- Miscellaneous operating system interfaces |
| 2 | ======================================================= |
| 3 | |
| 4 | .. module:: os |
| 5 | :synopsis: Miscellaneous operating system interfaces. |
| 6 | |
Terry Jan Reedy | fa089b9 | 2016-06-11 15:02:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | **Source code:** :source:`Lib/os.py` |
| 8 | |
| 9 | -------------- |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 10 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 11 | This module provides a portable way of using operating system dependent |
| 12 | functionality. If you just want to read or write a file see :func:`open`, if |
| 13 | you want to manipulate paths, see the :mod:`os.path` module, and if you want to |
| 14 | read all the lines in all the files on the command line see the :mod:`fileinput` |
| 15 | module. For creating temporary files and directories see the :mod:`tempfile` |
| 16 | module, and for high-level file and directory handling see the :mod:`shutil` |
| 17 | module. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | Notes on the availability of these functions: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | * The design of all built-in operating system dependent modules of Python is |
| 22 | such that as long as the same functionality is available, it uses the same |
| 23 | interface; for example, the function ``os.stat(path)`` returns stat |
| 24 | information about *path* in the same format (which happens to have originated |
| 25 | with the POSIX interface). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | * Extensions peculiar to a particular operating system are also available |
| 28 | through the :mod:`os` module, but using them is of course a threat to |
| 29 | portability. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | * All functions accepting path or file names accept both bytes and string |
| 32 | objects, and result in an object of the same type, if a path or file name is |
| 33 | returned. |
Georg Brandl | 76e5538 | 2008-10-08 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | * An "Availability: Unix" note means that this function is commonly found on |
| 36 | Unix systems. It does not make any claims about its existence on a specific |
| 37 | operating system. |
| 38 | |
| 39 | * If not separately noted, all functions that claim "Availability: Unix" are |
| 40 | supported on Mac OS X, which builds on a Unix core. |
| 41 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | .. Availability notes get their own line and occur at the end of the function |
| 43 | .. documentation. |
| 44 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | .. note:: |
| 46 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | All functions in this module raise :exc:`OSError` in the case of invalid or |
| 48 | inaccessible file names and paths, or other arguments that have the correct |
| 49 | type, but are not accepted by the operating system. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | .. exception:: error |
| 52 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | An alias for the built-in :exc:`OSError` exception. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | |
| 55 | |
| 56 | .. data:: name |
| 57 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following |
Ned Deily | 5c86701 | 2014-06-26 23:40:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``, |
Jesus Cea | f6c2e89 | 2012-10-05 01:11:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | ``'ce'``, ``'java'``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | |
Antoine Pitrou | a83cdaa | 2011-07-09 15:54:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | .. seealso:: |
| 63 | :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives |
| 64 | system-dependent version information. |
| 65 | |
| 66 | The :mod:`platform` module provides detailed checks for the |
| 67 | system's identity. |
| 68 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | .. _os-filenames: |
Victor Stinner | 6bfd854 | 2014-06-19 12:50:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | .. _filesystem-encoding: |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | |
| 73 | File Names, Command Line Arguments, and Environment Variables |
| 74 | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 75 | |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | In Python, file names, command line arguments, and environment variables are |
| 77 | represented using the string type. On some systems, decoding these strings to |
| 78 | and from bytes is necessary before passing them to the operating system. Python |
| 79 | uses the file system encoding to perform this conversion (see |
| 80 | :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | |
| 82 | .. versionchanged:: 3.1 |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this |
Victor Stinner | f6a271a | 2014-08-01 12:28:48 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler |
| 85 | <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a |
| 86 | Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the |
| 87 | original byte on encoding. |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | |
| 89 | |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | The file system encoding must guarantee to successfully decode all bytes |
| 91 | below 128. If the file system encoding fails to provide this guarantee, API |
| 92 | functions may raise UnicodeErrors. |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | |
| 94 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | .. _os-procinfo: |
| 96 | |
| 97 | Process Parameters |
| 98 | ------------------ |
| 99 | |
| 100 | These functions and data items provide information and operate on the current |
| 101 | process and user. |
| 102 | |
| 103 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | .. function:: ctermid() |
| 105 | |
| 106 | Return the filename corresponding to the controlling terminal of the process. |
| 107 | |
| 108 | Availability: Unix. |
| 109 | |
| 110 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | .. data:: environ |
| 112 | |
Chris Jerdonek | 11f3f17 | 2012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | A :term:`mapping` object representing the string environment. For example, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | ``environ['HOME']`` is the pathname of your home directory (on some platforms), |
| 115 | and is equivalent to ``getenv("HOME")`` in C. |
| 116 | |
| 117 | This mapping is captured the first time the :mod:`os` module is imported, |
| 118 | typically during Python startup as part of processing :file:`site.py`. Changes |
| 119 | to the environment made after this time are not reflected in ``os.environ``, |
| 120 | except for changes made by modifying ``os.environ`` directly. |
| 121 | |
| 122 | If the platform supports the :func:`putenv` function, this mapping may be used |
| 123 | to modify the environment as well as query the environment. :func:`putenv` will |
| 124 | be called automatically when the mapping is modified. |
| 125 | |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | On Unix, keys and values use :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` and |
| 127 | ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :data:`environb` if you would like |
| 128 | to use a different encoding. |
| 129 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | .. note:: |
| 131 | |
| 132 | Calling :func:`putenv` directly does not change ``os.environ``, so it's better |
| 133 | to modify ``os.environ``. |
| 134 | |
| 135 | .. note:: |
| 136 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may |
| 138 | cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | :c:func:`putenv`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | |
| 141 | If :func:`putenv` is not provided, a modified copy of this mapping may be |
| 142 | passed to the appropriate process-creation functions to cause child processes |
| 143 | to use a modified environment. |
| 144 | |
Georg Brandl | 9afde1c | 2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | If the platform supports the :func:`unsetenv` function, you can delete items in |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | this mapping to unset environment variables. :func:`unsetenv` will be called |
Georg Brandl | 9afde1c | 2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | automatically when an item is deleted from ``os.environ``, and when |
| 148 | one of the :meth:`pop` or :meth:`clear` methods is called. |
| 149 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | .. data:: environb |
| 152 | |
Chris Jerdonek | 11f3f17 | 2012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | Bytes version of :data:`environ`: a :term:`mapping` object representing the |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | environment as byte strings. :data:`environ` and :data:`environb` are |
| 155 | synchronized (modify :data:`environb` updates :data:`environ`, and vice |
| 156 | versa). |
| 157 | |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | :data:`environb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ` is |
| 159 | True. |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 662c74f | 2010-05-06 22:09:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 162 | |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | .. function:: chdir(path) |
| 165 | fchdir(fd) |
| 166 | getcwd() |
| 167 | :noindex: |
| 168 | |
| 169 | These functions are described in :ref:`os-file-dir`. |
| 170 | |
| 171 | |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | .. function:: fsencode(filename) |
Victor Stinner | 449c466 | 2010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | Encode *filename* to the filesystem encoding with ``'surrogateescape'`` |
Victor Stinner | 62165d6 | 2010-10-09 10:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | error handler, or ``'strict'`` on Windows; return :class:`bytes` unchanged. |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | |
Antoine Pitrou | a305ca7 | 2010-09-25 22:12:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | :func:`fsdecode` is the reverse function. |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | |
| 179 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 180 | |
Brett Cannon | b08388d | 2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | .. versionchanged:: 3.6 |
| 182 | Support added to accept objects implementing :class:`os.PathLike`. |
| 183 | |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | |
| 185 | .. function:: fsdecode(filename) |
| 186 | |
| 187 | Decode *filename* from the filesystem encoding with ``'surrogateescape'`` |
Victor Stinner | 62165d6 | 2010-10-09 10:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | error handler, or ``'strict'`` on Windows; return :class:`str` unchanged. |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | |
| 190 | :func:`fsencode` is the reverse function. |
Victor Stinner | 449c466 | 2010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | |
| 192 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 193 | |
Brett Cannon | b08388d | 2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | .. versionchanged:: 3.6 |
| 195 | Support added to accept objects implementing :class:`os.PathLike`. |
| 196 | |
Victor Stinner | 449c466 | 2010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | |
Ethan Furman | cdc0879 | 2016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 198 | .. function:: fspath(path) |
| 199 | |
Brett Cannon | 0fa1aa1 | 2016-06-09 14:37:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | Return the file system representation of the path. |
Ethan Furman | cdc0879 | 2016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | |
| 202 | If :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` is passed in, it is returned unchanged; |
Brett Cannon | 0fa1aa1 | 2016-06-09 14:37:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | otherwise, the result of calling ``type(path).__fspath__`` is returned |
| 204 | (which is represented by :class:`os.PathLike`). All other types raise a |
| 205 | :exc:`TypeError`. |
Ethan Furman | cdc0879 | 2016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | |
Brett Cannon | b08388d | 2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | .. versionadded:: 3.6 |
| 208 | |
| 209 | |
| 210 | .. class:: PathLike |
| 211 | |
| 212 | An :term:`abstract base class` for objects representing a file system path, |
| 213 | e.g. :class:`pathlib.PurePath`. |
| 214 | |
Berker Peksag | b18ffb4 | 2016-06-10 08:43:54 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | .. versionadded:: 3.6 |
| 216 | |
Brett Cannon | b08388d | 2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 217 | .. abstractmethod:: __fspath__() |
| 218 | |
| 219 | Return the file system path representation of the object. |
| 220 | |
| 221 | The method should only return a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object, |
| 222 | with the preference being for :class:`str`. |
| 223 | |
Ethan Furman | cdc0879 | 2016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | .. function:: getenv(key, default=None) |
| 226 | |
| 227 | Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or |
| 228 | *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are str. |
| 229 | |
| 230 | On Unix, keys and values are decoded with :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` |
| 231 | and ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :func:`os.getenvb` if you |
| 232 | would like to use a different encoding. |
| 233 | |
| 234 | Availability: most flavors of Unix, Windows. |
| 235 | |
| 236 | |
| 237 | .. function:: getenvb(key, default=None) |
| 238 | |
| 239 | Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or |
| 240 | *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are bytes. |
| 241 | |
| 242 | Availability: most flavors of Unix. |
| 243 | |
| 244 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 245 | |
| 246 | |
Gregory P. Smith | b6e8c7e | 2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | .. function:: get_exec_path(env=None) |
| 248 | |
| 249 | Returns the list of directories that will be searched for a named |
| 250 | executable, similar to a shell, when launching a process. |
| 251 | *env*, when specified, should be an environment variable dictionary |
| 252 | to lookup the PATH in. |
| 253 | By default, when *env* is None, :data:`environ` is used. |
| 254 | |
| 255 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 256 | |
| 257 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | .. function:: getegid() |
| 259 | |
| 260 | Return the effective group id of the current process. This corresponds to the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | "set id" bit on the file being executed in the current process. |
| 262 | |
| 263 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | |
| 265 | |
| 266 | .. function:: geteuid() |
| 267 | |
| 268 | .. index:: single: user; effective id |
| 269 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | Return the current process's effective user id. |
| 271 | |
| 272 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | |
| 274 | |
| 275 | .. function:: getgid() |
| 276 | |
| 277 | .. index:: single: process; group |
| 278 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | Return the real group id of the current process. |
| 280 | |
| 281 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | |
| 283 | |
Ross Lagerwall | b0ae53d | 2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | .. function:: getgrouplist(user, group) |
| 285 | |
| 286 | Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the |
| 287 | list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID |
| 288 | field from the password record for *user*. |
| 289 | |
| 290 | Availability: Unix. |
| 291 | |
| 292 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 293 | |
| 294 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | .. function:: getgroups() |
| 296 | |
| 297 | Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | Availability: Unix. |
| 300 | |
Larry Hastings | 3732ed2 | 2014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | .. note:: |
| 302 | |
| 303 | On Mac OS X, :func:`getgroups` behavior differs somewhat from |
Ned Deily | 2e20968 | 2012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | other Unix platforms. If the Python interpreter was built with a |
| 305 | deployment target of :const:`10.5` or earlier, :func:`getgroups` returns |
| 306 | the list of effective group ids associated with the current user process; |
| 307 | this list is limited to a system-defined number of entries, typically 16, |
| 308 | and may be modified by calls to :func:`setgroups` if suitably privileged. |
| 309 | If built with a deployment target greater than :const:`10.5`, |
| 310 | :func:`getgroups` returns the current group access list for the user |
| 311 | associated with the effective user id of the process; the group access |
| 312 | list may change over the lifetime of the process, it is not affected by |
| 313 | calls to :func:`setgroups`, and its length is not limited to 16. The |
| 314 | deployment target value, :const:`MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`, can be |
| 315 | obtained with :func:`sysconfig.get_config_var`. |
| 316 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | |
| 318 | .. function:: getlogin() |
| 319 | |
| 320 | Return the name of the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the |
Benjamin Peterson | e218bcb | 2014-08-30 21:04:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | process. For most purposes, it is more useful to use the environment |
| 322 | variables :envvar:`LOGNAME` or :envvar:`USERNAME` to find out who the user |
| 323 | is, or ``pwd.getpwuid(os.getuid())[0]`` to get the login name of the current |
| 324 | real user id. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 | |
Brian Curtin | e8e4b3b | 2010-09-23 20:04:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | |
| 328 | |
| 329 | .. function:: getpgid(pid) |
| 330 | |
| 331 | Return the process group id of the process with process id *pid*. If *pid* is 0, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | the process group id of the current process is returned. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | |
| 336 | .. function:: getpgrp() |
| 337 | |
| 338 | .. index:: single: process; group |
| 339 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | Return the id of the current process group. |
| 341 | |
| 342 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | |
| 344 | |
| 345 | .. function:: getpid() |
| 346 | |
| 347 | .. index:: single: process; id |
| 348 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | Return the current process id. |
| 350 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | |
| 352 | .. function:: getppid() |
| 353 | |
| 354 | .. index:: single: process; id of parent |
| 355 | |
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc | 4b6fdf3 | 2010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | Return the parent's process id. When the parent process has exited, on Unix |
| 357 | the id returned is the one of the init process (1), on Windows it is still |
| 358 | the same id, which may be already reused by another process. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | |
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc | 4b6fdf3 | 2010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 363 | Added support for Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | .. function:: getpriority(which, who) |
| 367 | |
| 368 | .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority |
| 369 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who* |
| 372 | is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for |
| 373 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process, |
| 376 | or the real user ID of the calling process. |
| 377 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | Availability: Unix. |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | |
| 380 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 381 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | |
| 383 | .. data:: PRIO_PROCESS |
| 384 | PRIO_PGRP |
| 385 | PRIO_USER |
| 386 | |
| 387 | Parameters for the :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions. |
| 388 | |
| 389 | Availability: Unix. |
| 390 | |
| 391 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 392 | |
| 393 | |
Gregory P. Smith | cf02c6a | 2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | .. function:: getresuid() |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | |
| 396 | Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | real, effective, and saved user ids. |
| 398 | |
| 399 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 402 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | |
Gregory P. Smith | cf02c6a | 2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | .. function:: getresgid() |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | |
| 406 | Return a tuple (rgid, egid, sgid) denoting the current process's |
Georg Brandl | a9b51d2 | 2010-09-05 17:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | real, effective, and saved group ids. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | |
| 409 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 412 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | |
| 414 | .. function:: getuid() |
| 415 | |
| 416 | .. index:: single: user; id |
| 417 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 4bb09c8 | 2014-06-07 13:50:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | Return the current process's real user id. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | |
| 420 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | |
| 422 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | .. function:: initgroups(username, gid) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | Call the system initgroups() to initialize the group access list with all of |
| 426 | the groups of which the specified username is a member, plus the specified |
| 427 | group id. |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | |
| 429 | Availability: Unix. |
| 430 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 432 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | .. function:: putenv(key, value) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | |
| 436 | .. index:: single: environment variables; setting |
| 437 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | Set the environment variable named *key* to the string *value*. Such |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | changes to the environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | :func:`popen` or :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`. |
| 441 | |
| 442 | Availability: most flavors of Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | |
| 444 | .. note:: |
| 445 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may |
| 447 | cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for putenv. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | |
| 449 | When :func:`putenv` is supported, assignments to items in ``os.environ`` are |
| 450 | automatically translated into corresponding calls to :func:`putenv`; however, |
| 451 | calls to :func:`putenv` don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually |
| 452 | preferable to assign to items of ``os.environ``. |
| 453 | |
| 454 | |
| 455 | .. function:: setegid(egid) |
| 456 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | Set the current process's effective group id. |
| 458 | |
| 459 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | |
| 461 | |
| 462 | .. function:: seteuid(euid) |
| 463 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | Set the current process's effective user id. |
| 465 | |
| 466 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | |
| 468 | |
| 469 | .. function:: setgid(gid) |
| 470 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | Set the current process' group id. |
| 472 | |
| 473 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | |
| 475 | |
| 476 | .. function:: setgroups(groups) |
| 477 | |
| 478 | Set the list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process to |
| 479 | *groups*. *groups* must be a sequence, and each element must be an integer |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | identifying a group. This operation is typically available only to the superuser. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | Availability: Unix. |
| 483 | |
Ned Deily | 2e20968 | 2012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | .. note:: On Mac OS X, the length of *groups* may not exceed the |
| 485 | system-defined maximum number of effective group ids, typically 16. |
| 486 | See the documentation for :func:`getgroups` for cases where it may not |
| 487 | return the same group list set by calling setgroups(). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | |
| 489 | .. function:: setpgrp() |
| 490 | |
Andrew Svetlov | a2fe334 | 2012-08-11 21:14:08 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | Call the system call :c:func:`setpgrp` or ``setpgrp(0, 0)`` depending on |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | which version is implemented (if any). See the Unix manual for the semantics. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | Availability: Unix. |
| 495 | |
| 496 | |
| 497 | .. function:: setpgid(pid, pgrp) |
| 498 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | Call the system call :c:func:`setpgid` to set the process group id of the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | process with id *pid* to the process group with id *pgrp*. See the Unix manual |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 501 | for the semantics. |
| 502 | |
| 503 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | |
| 505 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | .. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority) |
| 507 | |
| 508 | .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority |
| 509 | |
| 510 | Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of |
| 511 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who* |
| 512 | is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for |
| 513 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a |
| 514 | user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes |
| 515 | (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process, |
| 516 | or the real user ID of the calling process. |
| 517 | *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0; |
| 518 | lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling. |
| 519 | |
| 520 | Availability: Unix |
| 521 | |
| 522 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 523 | |
| 524 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | .. function:: setregid(rgid, egid) |
| 526 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | Set the current process's real and effective group ids. |
| 528 | |
| 529 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | .. function:: setresgid(rgid, egid, sgid) |
| 533 | |
| 534 | Set the current process's real, effective, and saved group ids. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | Availability: Unix. |
| 537 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 539 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | |
| 541 | .. function:: setresuid(ruid, euid, suid) |
| 542 | |
| 543 | Set the current process's real, effective, and saved user ids. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | |
Georg Brandl | 6faee4e | 2010-09-21 14:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 548 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | |
| 550 | .. function:: setreuid(ruid, euid) |
| 551 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | Set the current process's real and effective user ids. |
| 553 | |
| 554 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | |
| 557 | .. function:: getsid(pid) |
| 558 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | Call the system call :c:func:`getsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | Availability: Unix. |
| 562 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | |
| 564 | .. function:: setsid() |
| 565 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | Call the system call :c:func:`setsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | Availability: Unix. |
| 569 | |
| 570 | |
| 571 | .. function:: setuid(uid) |
| 572 | |
| 573 | .. index:: single: user; id, setting |
| 574 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | Set the current process's user id. |
| 576 | |
| 577 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | |
Christian Heimes | 5b5e81c | 2007-12-31 16:14:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | .. placed in this section since it relates to errno.... a little weak |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | .. function:: strerror(code) |
| 582 | |
| 583 | Return the error message corresponding to the error code in *code*. |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | On platforms where :c:func:`strerror` returns ``NULL`` when given an unknown |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | error number, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. |
| 586 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | .. data:: supports_bytes_environ |
| 589 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | fbc1c26 | 2013-11-29 12:17:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | ``True`` if the native OS type of the environment is bytes (eg. ``False`` on |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | Windows). |
| 592 | |
Victor Stinner | 8fddc9e | 2010-05-18 17:24:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 593 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 594 | |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | .. function:: umask(mask) |
| 597 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | Set the current numeric umask and return the previous umask. |
| 599 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | |
| 601 | .. function:: uname() |
| 602 | |
| 603 | .. index:: |
| 604 | single: gethostname() (in module socket) |
| 605 | single: gethostbyaddr() (in module socket) |
| 606 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | Returns information identifying the current operating system. |
| 608 | The return value is an object with five attributes: |
| 609 | |
| 610 | * :attr:`sysname` - operating system name |
| 611 | * :attr:`nodename` - name of machine on network (implementation-defined) |
| 612 | * :attr:`release` - operating system release |
| 613 | * :attr:`version` - operating system version |
| 614 | * :attr:`machine` - hardware identifier |
| 615 | |
| 616 | For backwards compatibility, this object is also iterable, behaving |
| 617 | like a five-tuple containing :attr:`sysname`, :attr:`nodename`, |
| 618 | :attr:`release`, :attr:`version`, and :attr:`machine` |
| 619 | in that order. |
| 620 | |
| 621 | Some systems truncate :attr:`nodename` to 8 characters or to the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 622 | leading component; a better way to get the hostname is |
| 623 | :func:`socket.gethostname` or even |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | ``socket.gethostbyaddr(socket.gethostname())``. |
| 625 | |
| 626 | Availability: recent flavors of Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 629 | Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object |
| 630 | with named attributes. |
| 631 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | .. function:: unsetenv(key) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | |
| 635 | .. index:: single: environment variables; deleting |
| 636 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | Unset (delete) the environment variable named *key*. Such changes to the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, :func:`popen` or |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | |
| 641 | When :func:`unsetenv` is supported, deletion of items in ``os.environ`` is |
| 642 | automatically translated into a corresponding call to :func:`unsetenv`; however, |
| 643 | calls to :func:`unsetenv` don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually |
| 644 | preferable to delete items of ``os.environ``. |
| 645 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | Availability: most flavors of Unix, Windows. |
| 647 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | |
| 649 | .. _os-newstreams: |
| 650 | |
| 651 | File Object Creation |
| 652 | -------------------- |
| 653 | |
Georg Brandl | a570e98 | 2012-06-24 13:26:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | This function creates new :term:`file objects <file object>`. (See also |
Georg Brandl | b2462e2 | 2012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | :func:`~os.open` for opening file descriptors.) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | |
| 657 | |
Petri Lehtinen | 1a01ebc | 2012-05-24 21:44:07 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | .. function:: fdopen(fd, *args, **kwargs) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | |
Georg Brandl | b2462e2 | 2012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | Return an open file object connected to the file descriptor *fd*. This is an |
| 661 | alias of the :func:`open` built-in function and accepts the same arguments. |
| 662 | The only difference is that the first argument of :func:`fdopen` must always |
| 663 | be an integer. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | .. _os-fd-ops: |
| 667 | |
| 668 | File Descriptor Operations |
| 669 | -------------------------- |
| 670 | |
| 671 | These functions operate on I/O streams referenced using file descriptors. |
| 672 | |
| 673 | File descriptors are small integers corresponding to a file that has been opened |
| 674 | by the current process. For example, standard input is usually file descriptor |
| 675 | 0, standard output is 1, and standard error is 2. Further files opened by a |
| 676 | process will then be assigned 3, 4, 5, and so forth. The name "file descriptor" |
| 677 | is slightly deceptive; on Unix platforms, sockets and pipes are also referenced |
| 678 | by file descriptors. |
| 679 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | The :meth:`~io.IOBase.fileno` method can be used to obtain the file descriptor |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file |
Benjamin Peterson | 08bf91c | 2010-04-11 16:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such |
| 683 | as internal buffering of data. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | .. function:: close(fd) |
| 687 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | Close file descriptor *fd*. |
| 689 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | .. note:: |
| 691 | |
| 692 | This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To close a "file |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | :func:`fdopen`, use its :meth:`~io.IOBase.close` method. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | |
| 697 | |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | .. function:: closerange(fd_low, fd_high) |
| 699 | |
| 700 | Close all file descriptors from *fd_low* (inclusive) to *fd_high* (exclusive), |
Georg Brandl | b1a1ac0 | 2012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | ignoring errors. Equivalent to (but much faster than):: |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | |
Georg Brandl | c9a5a0e | 2009-09-01 07:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | for fd in range(fd_low, fd_high): |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | try: |
| 705 | os.close(fd) |
| 706 | except OSError: |
| 707 | pass |
| 708 | |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | |
Georg Brandl | 81f1130 | 2007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | .. function:: device_encoding(fd) |
| 711 | |
| 712 | Return a string describing the encoding of the device associated with *fd* |
| 713 | if it is connected to a terminal; else return :const:`None`. |
| 714 | |
| 715 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | .. function:: dup(fd) |
| 717 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is |
| 719 | :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. |
| 720 | |
| 721 | On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout, |
| 722 | 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable |
| 723 | <fd_inheritance>`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 726 | The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | |
| 729 | .. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | |
| 731 | Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if necessary. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | The file descriptor *fd2* is :ref:`inheritable <fd_inheritance>` by default, |
| 733 | or non-inheritable if *inheritable* is ``False``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 736 | Add the optional *inheritable* parameter. |
| 737 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | |
Christian Heimes | 4e30a84 | 2007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | .. function:: fchmod(fd, mode) |
| 740 | |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | docs for :func:`chmod` for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | is equivalent to ``os.chmod(fd, mode)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | |
| 745 | Availability: Unix. |
Christian Heimes | 4e30a84 | 2007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | |
| 747 | |
| 748 | .. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid) |
| 749 | |
| 750 | Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid* |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. See |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | :func:`chown`. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chown(fd, uid, |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | gid)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | |
Christian Heimes | 4e30a84 | 2007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | Availability: Unix. |
| 756 | |
| 757 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | .. function:: fdatasync(fd) |
| 759 | |
| 760 | Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | metadata. |
| 762 | |
| 763 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | .. note:: |
| 766 | This function is not available on MacOS. |
| 767 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | |
| 769 | .. function:: fpathconf(fd, name) |
| 770 | |
| 771 | Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name* |
| 772 | specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the |
| 773 | name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of |
| 774 | standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define |
| 775 | additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are |
| 776 | given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not |
| 777 | included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | |
| 779 | If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a |
| 780 | specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is |
| 781 | included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with |
| 782 | :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number. |
| 783 | |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.pathconf(fd, name)``. |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | |
Senthil Kumaran | 2a97cee | 2013-09-19 00:08:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | Availability: Unix. |
| 787 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | |
Victor Stinner | 4195b5c | 2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | .. function:: fstat(fd) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | Get the status of the file descriptor *fd*. Return a :class:`stat_result` |
| 792 | object. |
| 793 | |
| 794 | As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(fd)``. |
| 795 | |
| 796 | .. seealso:: |
| 797 | |
Berker Peksag | 2034caa | 2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | The :func:`.stat` function. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | |
Georg Brandl | b1a1ac0 | 2012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | .. function:: fstatvfs(fd) |
| 802 | |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | Return information about the filesystem containing the file associated with |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | file descriptor *fd*, like :func:`statvfs`. As of Python 3.3, this is |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | equivalent to ``os.statvfs(fd)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | |
| 807 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | |
| 809 | |
| 810 | .. function:: fsync(fd) |
| 811 | |
| 812 | Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. On Unix, this calls the |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | native :c:func:`fsync` function; on Windows, the MS :c:func:`_commit` function. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | If you're starting with a buffered Python :term:`file object` *f*, first do |
| 816 | ``f.flush()``, and then do ``os.fsync(f.fileno())``, to ensure that all internal |
| 817 | buffers associated with *f* are written to disk. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | |
| 821 | |
| 822 | .. function:: ftruncate(fd, length) |
| 823 | |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | Truncate the file corresponding to file descriptor *fd*, so that it is at |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | most *length* bytes in size. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | ``os.truncate(fd, length)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
| 831 | Added support for Windows |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | |
Victor Stinner | 1db9e7b | 2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | .. function:: get_blocking(fd) |
| 834 | |
| 835 | Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the |
| 836 | :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared. |
| 837 | |
| 838 | See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`. |
| 839 | |
| 840 | Availability: Unix. |
| 841 | |
| 842 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 843 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | .. function:: isatty(fd) |
| 845 | |
| 846 | Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | tty(-like) device, else ``False``. |
| 848 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | .. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len) |
| 851 | |
| 852 | Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor. |
| 853 | *fd* is an open file descriptor. |
| 854 | *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`, |
| 855 | :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`. |
| 856 | *len* specifies the section of the file to lock. |
| 857 | |
| 858 | Availability: Unix. |
| 859 | |
| 860 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 861 | |
| 862 | |
| 863 | .. data:: F_LOCK |
| 864 | F_TLOCK |
| 865 | F_ULOCK |
| 866 | F_TEST |
| 867 | |
| 868 | Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take. |
| 869 | |
| 870 | Availability: Unix. |
| 871 | |
| 872 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 873 | |
Georg Brandl | f62445a | 2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | .. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how) |
| 876 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified |
| 878 | by *how*: :const:`SEEK_SET` or ``0`` to set the position relative to the |
| 879 | beginning of the file; :const:`SEEK_CUR` or ``1`` to set it relative to the |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | current position; :const:`SEEK_END` or ``2`` to set it relative to the end of |
Victor Stinner | e83f899 | 2011-12-17 23:15:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | the file. Return the new cursor position in bytes, starting from the beginning. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | .. data:: SEEK_SET |
| 885 | SEEK_CUR |
| 886 | SEEK_END |
| 887 | |
| 888 | Parameters to the :func:`lseek` function. Their values are 0, 1, and 2, |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | respectively. |
| 890 | |
Jesus Cea | 9436361 | 2012-06-22 18:32:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 892 | Some operating systems could support additional values, like |
| 893 | :data:`os.SEEK_HOLE` or :data:`os.SEEK_DATA`. |
| 894 | |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | .. function:: open(path, flags, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | Open the file *path* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value |
| 900 | is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | |
| 903 | For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation; |
| 904 | flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 912 | The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. |
| 913 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | .. note:: |
| 915 | |
Georg Brandl | 502d9a5 | 2009-07-26 15:02:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | built-in function :func:`open`, which returns a :term:`file object` with |
Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven | 9c558bcf | 2010-07-13 14:47:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | :meth:`~file.read` and :meth:`~file.write` methods (and many more). To |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 927 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 928 | |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the |
| 930 | :func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator |
| 931 | ``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of |
| 932 | their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix |
Georg Brandl | 5d94134 | 2016-02-26 19:37:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | or `the MSDN <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows. |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | |
| 935 | |
| 936 | .. data:: O_RDONLY |
| 937 | O_WRONLY |
| 938 | O_RDWR |
| 939 | O_APPEND |
| 940 | O_CREAT |
| 941 | O_EXCL |
| 942 | O_TRUNC |
| 943 | |
| 944 | These constants are available on Unix and Windows. |
| 945 | |
| 946 | |
| 947 | .. data:: O_DSYNC |
| 948 | O_RSYNC |
| 949 | O_SYNC |
| 950 | O_NDELAY |
| 951 | O_NONBLOCK |
| 952 | O_NOCTTY |
| 953 | O_SHLOCK |
| 954 | O_EXLOCK |
| 955 | O_CLOEXEC |
| 956 | |
| 957 | These constants are only available on Unix. |
| 958 | |
| 959 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 960 | Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant. |
| 961 | |
| 962 | .. data:: O_BINARY |
| 963 | O_NOINHERIT |
| 964 | O_SHORT_LIVED |
| 965 | O_TEMPORARY |
| 966 | O_RANDOM |
| 967 | O_SEQUENTIAL |
| 968 | O_TEXT |
| 969 | |
| 970 | These constants are only available on Windows. |
| 971 | |
| 972 | |
| 973 | .. data:: O_ASYNC |
| 974 | O_DIRECT |
| 975 | O_DIRECTORY |
| 976 | O_NOFOLLOW |
| 977 | O_NOATIME |
| 978 | O_PATH |
Christian Heimes | 177b3f9 | 2013-08-16 14:35:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | O_TMPFILE |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | |
| 981 | These constants are GNU extensions and not present if they are not defined by |
| 982 | the C library. |
| 983 | |
Christian Heimes | d88f735 | 2013-08-16 14:37:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
Larry Hastings | 3732ed2 | 2014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 985 | Add :data:`O_PATH` on systems that support it. |
| 986 | Add :data:`O_TMPFILE`, only available on Linux Kernel 3.11 |
| 987 | or newer. |
Christian Heimes | d88f735 | 2013-08-16 14:37:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | .. function:: openpty() |
| 991 | |
| 992 | .. index:: module: pty |
| 993 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors |
| 995 | ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file |
| 996 | descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more |
| 997 | portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | |
| 999 | Availability: some flavors of Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 1002 | The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable. |
| 1003 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | |
| 1005 | .. function:: pipe() |
| 1006 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for |
Victor Stinner | 05f31bf | 2013-11-06 01:48:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor is |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 | :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | |
| 1011 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 1014 | The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable. |
| 1015 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | |
Charles-François Natali | 368f34b | 2011-06-06 19:49:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | .. function:: pipe2(flags) |
Charles-François Natali | daafdd5 | 2011-05-29 20:07:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | |
| 1019 | Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically. |
Charles-François Natali | 368f34b | 2011-06-06 19:49:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values: |
| 1021 | :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`. |
Charles-François Natali | daafdd5 | 2011-05-29 20:07:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1022 | Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing, |
| 1023 | respectively. |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 | Availability: some flavors of Unix. |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | .. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len) |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd* |
| 1033 | starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes. |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | .. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice) |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing |
| 1043 | the kernel to make optimizations. |
| 1044 | The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at |
| 1045 | *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes. |
| 1046 | *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`, |
| 1047 | :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`, |
| 1048 | :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`. |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | .. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL |
| 1056 | POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL |
| 1057 | POSIX_FADV_RANDOM |
| 1058 | POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE |
| 1059 | POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED |
| 1060 | POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify |
| 1063 | the access pattern that is likely to be used. |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | .. function:: pread(fd, buffersize, offset) |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | Read from a file descriptor, *fd*, at a position of *offset*. It will read up |
| 1073 | to *buffersize* number of bytes. The file offset remains unchanged. |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | |
Jesus Cea | 67503c5 | 2014-10-20 16:18:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | .. function:: pwrite(fd, str, offset) |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | |
Jesus Cea | 67503c5 | 2014-10-20 16:18:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | Write *bytestring* to a file descriptor, *fd*, from *offset*, |
| 1083 | leaving the file offset unchanged. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | |
| 1085 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | .. function:: read(fd, n) |
| 1091 | |
Georg Brandl | b90be69 | 2009-07-29 16:14:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*. Return a bytestring containing the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | bytes read. If the end of the file referred to by *fd* has been reached, an |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | empty bytes object is returned. |
| 1095 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | .. note:: |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file |
Georg Brandl | b2462e2 | 2012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To read a |
| 1100 | "file object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by |
| 1101 | :func:`popen` or :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdin`, use its |
| 1102 | :meth:`~file.read` or :meth:`~file.readline` methods. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 1107 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 1108 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | .. function:: sendfile(out, in, offset, count) |
Martin Panter | 9499413 | 2015-09-09 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | sendfile(out, in, offset, count, [headers], [trailers], flags=0) |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *in* to file descriptor *out* |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | starting at *offset*. |
| 1115 | Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return 0. |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define |
| 1118 | :func:`sendfile`. |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the |
| 1121 | current position of *in* and the position of *in* is updated. |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | The second case may be used on Mac OS X and FreeBSD where *headers* and |
| 1124 | *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and |
| 1125 | after the data from *in* is written. It returns the same as the first case. |
| 1126 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | On Mac OS X and FreeBSD, a value of 0 for *count* specifies to send until |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | the end of *in* is reached. |
| 1129 | |
Charles-Francois Natali | a771a1b | 2013-05-01 15:12:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | All platforms support sockets as *out* file descriptor, and some platforms |
| 1131 | allow other types (e.g. regular file, pipe) as well. |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | |
Giampaolo Rodola' | 409569b | 2014-04-24 18:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | Cross-platform applications should not use *headers*, *trailers* and *flags* |
| 1134 | arguments. |
| 1135 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1137 | |
Giampaolo Rodola' | 915d141 | 2014-06-11 03:54:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | .. note:: |
| 1139 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 0ce9537 | 2014-06-15 18:30:27 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | For a higher-level wrapper of :func:`sendfile`, see |
Martin Panter | 3133a9f | 2015-09-11 23:44:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | :meth:`socket.socket.sendfile`. |
Giampaolo Rodola' | 915d141 | 2014-06-11 03:54:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | |
Victor Stinner | 1db9e7b | 2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | .. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking) |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the |
| 1149 | :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise. |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`. |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | .. data:: SF_NODISKIO |
| 1159 | SF_MNOWAIT |
| 1160 | SF_SYNC |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports |
| 1163 | them. |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | .. function:: readv(fd, buffers) |
| 1171 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e83ed43 | 2014-01-18 22:54:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | Read from a file descriptor *fd* into a number of mutable :term:`bytes-like |
| 1173 | objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*. :func:`~os.readv` will transfer data |
| 1174 | into each buffer until it is full and then move on to the next buffer in the |
| 1175 | sequence to hold the rest of the data. :func:`~os.readv` returns the total |
| 1176 | number of bytes read (which may be less than the total capacity of all the |
| 1177 | objects). |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | |
| 1179 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | .. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd) |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | file descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`). |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | .. function:: tcsetpgrp(fd, pg) |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | Set the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open file |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`) to *pg*. |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | .. function:: ttyname(fd) |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | Return a string which specifies the terminal device associated with |
Georg Brandl | 9afde1c | 2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | file descriptor *fd*. If *fd* is not associated with a terminal device, an |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | exception is raised. |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | .. function:: write(fd, str) |
| 1210 | |
Georg Brandl | b90be69 | 2009-07-29 16:14:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*. Return the number of |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | bytes actually written. |
| 1213 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | .. note:: |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To write a "file |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdout` or :data:`sys.stderr`, use its |
| 1220 | :meth:`~file.write` method. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 1225 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 1226 | |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | .. function:: writev(fd, buffers) |
| 1229 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e83ed43 | 2014-01-18 22:54:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | Write the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*. *buffers* must be a |
Senthil Kumaran | d37de3c | 2016-06-18 11:21:50 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | sequence of :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are |
| 1232 | processed in array order. Entire contents of first buffer is written before |
| 1233 | proceeding to second, and so on. The operating system may set a limit |
| 1234 | (sysconf() value SC_IOV_MAX) on the number of buffers that can be used. |
| 1235 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e83ed43 | 2014-01-18 22:54:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | :func:`~os.writev` writes the contents of each object to the file descriptor |
| 1237 | and returns the total number of bytes written. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | |
| 1239 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | .. _terminal-size: |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | Querying the size of a terminal |
| 1247 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | .. function:: get_terminal_size(fd=STDOUT_FILENO) |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | Return the size of the terminal window as ``(columns, lines)``, |
| 1254 | tuple of type :class:`terminal_size`. |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | The optional argument ``fd`` (default ``STDOUT_FILENO``, or standard |
| 1257 | output) specifies which file descriptor should be queried. |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | If the file descriptor is not connected to a terminal, an :exc:`OSError` |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | is raised. |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | |
| 1262 | :func:`shutil.get_terminal_size` is the high-level function which |
| 1263 | should normally be used, ``os.get_terminal_size`` is the low-level |
| 1264 | implementation. |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
| 1267 | |
Georg Brandl | 6cff9ff | 2012-06-24 14:05:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | .. class:: terminal_size |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | |
Georg Brandl | 6cff9ff | 2012-06-24 14:05:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | A subclass of tuple, holding ``(columns, lines)`` of the terminal window size. |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | |
| 1272 | .. attribute:: columns |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | Width of the terminal window in characters. |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | .. attribute:: lines |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | Height of the terminal window in characters. |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | .. _fd_inheritance: |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | Inheritance of File Descriptors |
| 1284 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 1285 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | .. versionadded:: 3.4 |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor |
| 1289 | can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | created by Python are non-inheritable by default. |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the |
| 1293 | execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited. |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout |
Serhiy Storchaka | 690a6a9 | 2013-10-13 20:13:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions, |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited. |
| 1299 | Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the |
| 1301 | *close_fds* parameter is ``False``. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | |
| 1303 | .. function:: get_inheritable(fd) |
| 1304 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean). |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | |
| 1307 | .. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable) |
| 1308 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | |
| 1311 | .. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle) |
| 1312 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean). |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | |
| 1315 | Availability: Windows. |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | .. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable) |
| 1318 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | |
| 1321 | Availability: Windows. |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | .. _os-file-dir: |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | Files and Directories |
| 1327 | --------------------- |
| 1328 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | On some Unix platforms, many of these functions support one or more of these |
| 1330 | features: |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | .. _path_fd: |
| 1333 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | * **specifying a file descriptor:** |
| 1335 | For some functions, the *path* argument can be not only a string giving a path |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | name, but also a file descriptor. The function will then operate on the file |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | referred to by the descriptor. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the |
| 1338 | ``f...`` version of the function.) |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | |
| 1340 | You can check whether or not *path* can be specified as a file descriptor on |
| 1341 | your platform using :data:`os.supports_fd`. If it is unavailable, using it |
| 1342 | will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | If the function also supports *dir_fd* or *follow_symlinks* arguments, it is |
| 1345 | an error to specify one of those when supplying *path* as a file descriptor. |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 | .. _dir_fd: |
| 1348 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | * **paths relative to directory descriptors:** If *dir_fd* is not ``None``, it |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | should be a file descriptor referring to a directory, and the path to operate |
| 1351 | on should be relative; path will then be relative to that directory. If the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | path is absolute, *dir_fd* is ignored. (For POSIX systems, Python will call |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | the ``...at`` or ``f...at`` version of the function.) |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | |
| 1355 | You can check whether or not *dir_fd* is supported on your platform using |
| 1356 | :data:`os.supports_dir_fd`. If it is unavailable, using it will raise a |
| 1357 | :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | .. _follow_symlinks: |
| 1360 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | * **not following symlinks:** If *follow_symlinks* is |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | ``False``, and the last element of the path to operate on is a symbolic link, |
| 1363 | the function will operate on the symbolic link itself instead of the file the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | link points to. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the ``l...`` version of |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | the function.) |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | You can check whether or not *follow_symlinks* is supported on your platform |
| 1368 | using :data:`os.supports_follow_symlinks`. If it is unavailable, using it |
| 1369 | will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | .. function:: access(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, effective_ids=False, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | |
| 1375 | Use the real uid/gid to test for access to *path*. Note that most operations |
| 1376 | will use the effective uid/gid, therefore this routine can be used in a |
| 1377 | suid/sgid environment to test if the invoking user has the specified access to |
| 1378 | *path*. *mode* should be :const:`F_OK` to test the existence of *path*, or it |
| 1379 | can be the inclusive OR of one or more of :const:`R_OK`, :const:`W_OK`, and |
| 1380 | :const:`X_OK` to test permissions. Return :const:`True` if access is allowed, |
| 1381 | :const:`False` if not. See the Unix man page :manpage:`access(2)` for more |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | information. |
| 1383 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | This function can support specifying :ref:`paths relative to directory |
| 1385 | descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | |
| 1387 | If *effective_ids* is ``True``, :func:`access` will perform its access |
| 1388 | checks using the effective uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid. |
| 1389 | *effective_ids* may not be supported on your platform; you can check whether |
| 1390 | or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_effective_ids`. If it is |
| 1391 | unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1392 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | .. note:: |
| 1394 | |
Georg Brandl | 502d9a5 | 2009-07-26 15:02:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | Using :func:`access` to check if a user is authorized to e.g. open a file |
| 1396 | before actually doing so using :func:`open` creates a security hole, |
| 1397 | because the user might exploit the short time interval between checking |
Benjamin Peterson | 249b508 | 2011-05-20 11:41:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | and opening the file to manipulate it. It's preferable to use :term:`EAFP` |
| 1399 | techniques. For example:: |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | if os.access("myfile", os.R_OK): |
| 1402 | with open("myfile") as fp: |
| 1403 | return fp.read() |
| 1404 | return "some default data" |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | is better written as:: |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | try: |
| 1409 | fp = open("myfile") |
Antoine Pitrou | 62ab10a0 | 2011-10-12 20:10:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | except PermissionError: |
| 1411 | return "some default data" |
Benjamin Peterson | 249b508 | 2011-05-20 11:41:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | else: |
| 1413 | with fp: |
| 1414 | return fp.read() |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | |
| 1416 | .. note:: |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | I/O operations may fail even when :func:`access` indicates that they would |
| 1419 | succeed, particularly for operations on network filesystems which may have |
| 1420 | permissions semantics beyond the usual POSIX permission-bit model. |
| 1421 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 1423 | Added the *dir_fd*, *effective_ids*, and *follow_symlinks* parameters. |
| 1424 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | |
| 1426 | .. data:: F_OK |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | R_OK |
| 1428 | W_OK |
| 1429 | X_OK |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | Values to pass as the *mode* parameter of :func:`access` to test the |
| 1432 | existence, readability, writability and executability of *path*, |
| 1433 | respectively. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | .. function:: chdir(path) |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | .. index:: single: directory; changing |
| 1439 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | Change the current working directory to *path*. |
| 1441 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. The |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an open file. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1446 | Added support for specifying *path* as a file descriptor |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | on some platforms. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | .. function:: chflags(path, flags, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | |
| 1452 | Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*. *flags* may take a combination |
| 1453 | (bitwise OR) of the following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module): |
| 1454 | |
R David Murray | 3017806 | 2011-03-10 17:18:33 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | * :data:`stat.UF_NODUMP` |
| 1456 | * :data:`stat.UF_IMMUTABLE` |
| 1457 | * :data:`stat.UF_APPEND` |
| 1458 | * :data:`stat.UF_OPAQUE` |
| 1459 | * :data:`stat.UF_NOUNLINK` |
Ned Deily | 3eb67d5 | 2011-06-28 00:00:28 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | * :data:`stat.UF_COMPRESSED` |
| 1461 | * :data:`stat.UF_HIDDEN` |
R David Murray | 3017806 | 2011-03-10 17:18:33 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | * :data:`stat.SF_ARCHIVED` |
| 1463 | * :data:`stat.SF_IMMUTABLE` |
| 1464 | * :data:`stat.SF_APPEND` |
| 1465 | * :data:`stat.SF_NOUNLINK` |
| 1466 | * :data:`stat.SF_SNAPSHOT` |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | This function can support :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1473 | The *follow_symlinks* argument. |
| 1474 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | .. function:: chmod(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | |
| 1478 | Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. *mode* may take one of the |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module) or bitwise ORed |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | combinations of them: |
| 1481 | |
Alexandre Vassalotti | c22c6f2 | 2009-07-21 00:51:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | * :data:`stat.S_ISUID` |
| 1483 | * :data:`stat.S_ISGID` |
| 1484 | * :data:`stat.S_ENFMT` |
| 1485 | * :data:`stat.S_ISVTX` |
| 1486 | * :data:`stat.S_IREAD` |
| 1487 | * :data:`stat.S_IWRITE` |
| 1488 | * :data:`stat.S_IEXEC` |
| 1489 | * :data:`stat.S_IRWXU` |
| 1490 | * :data:`stat.S_IRUSR` |
| 1491 | * :data:`stat.S_IWUSR` |
| 1492 | * :data:`stat.S_IXUSR` |
| 1493 | * :data:`stat.S_IRWXG` |
| 1494 | * :data:`stat.S_IRGRP` |
| 1495 | * :data:`stat.S_IWGRP` |
| 1496 | * :data:`stat.S_IXGRP` |
| 1497 | * :data:`stat.S_IRWXO` |
| 1498 | * :data:`stat.S_IROTH` |
| 1499 | * :data:`stat.S_IWOTH` |
| 1500 | * :data:`stat.S_IXOTH` |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`, |
| 1503 | :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not |
| 1504 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | .. note:: |
| 1507 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | Although Windows supports :func:`chmod`, you can only set the file's |
| 1509 | read-only flag with it (via the ``stat.S_IWRITE`` and ``stat.S_IREAD`` |
| 1510 | constants or a corresponding integer value). All other bits are ignored. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1513 | Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor, |
| 1514 | and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | |
| 1517 | .. function:: chown(path, uid, gid, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To |
| 1520 | leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`, |
| 1523 | :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not |
| 1524 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | |
Sandro Tosi | d902a14 | 2011-08-22 23:28:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in |
| 1527 | addition to numeric ids. |
| 1528 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1532 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*, |
| 1533 | and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | .. function:: chroot(path) |
| 1537 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | Change the root directory of the current process to *path*. |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | .. function:: fchdir(fd) |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | Change the current working directory to the directory represented by the file |
| 1546 | descriptor *fd*. The descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | open file. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chdir(fd)``. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | |
| 1549 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | .. function:: getcwd() |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | Return a string representing the current working directory. |
| 1555 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | |
| 1557 | .. function:: getcwdb() |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | Return a bytestring representing the current working directory. |
| 1560 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | .. function:: lchflags(path, flags) |
| 1563 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*, like :func:`chflags`, but do |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | ``os.chflags(path, flags, follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | |
| 1568 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | |
Christian Heimes | 9385266 | 2007-12-01 12:22:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | .. function:: lchmod(path, mode) |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. If path is a symlink, this |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | affects the symlink rather than the target. See the docs for :func:`chmod` |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 | for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | ``os.chmod(path, mode, follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | |
| 1578 | Availability: Unix. |
Christian Heimes | 9385266 | 2007-12-01 12:22:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | |
Christian Heimes | 9385266 | 2007-12-01 12:22:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | .. function:: lchown(path, uid, gid) |
| 1582 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. This |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | function will not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | to ``os.chown(path, uid, gid, follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | |
| 1587 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | .. function:: link(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | Create a hard link pointing to *src* named *dst*. |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to |
| 1595 | supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`, and :ref:`not |
| 1596 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | |
Brian Curtin | 1b9df39 | 2010-11-24 20:24:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1601 | Added Windows support. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1604 | Added the *src_dir_fd*, *dst_dir_fd*, and *follow_symlinks* arguments. |
| 1605 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 9c71f90 | 2010-07-24 10:09:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | .. function:: listdir(path='.') |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 4469d0c | 2008-11-30 22:46:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | Return a list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by |
Larry Hastings | fdaea06 | 2012-06-25 04:42:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | *path*. The list is in arbitrary order, and does not include the special |
| 1611 | entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` even if they are present in the directory. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | |
Larry Hastings | fdaea06 | 2012-06-25 04:42:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | *path* may be either of type ``str`` or of type ``bytes``. If *path* |
| 1614 | is of type ``bytes``, the filenames returned will also be of type ``bytes``; |
| 1615 | in all other circumstances, they will be of type ``str``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor |
| 1618 | <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | |
Larry Hastings | fdaea06 | 2012-06-25 04:42:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | .. note:: |
| 1621 | To encode ``str`` filenames to ``bytes``, use :func:`~os.fsencode`. |
| 1622 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | .. seealso:: |
| 1624 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 | The :func:`scandir` function returns directory entries along with |
| 1626 | file attribute information, giving better performance for many |
| 1627 | common use cases. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | |
Martin v. Löwis | c9e1c7d | 2010-07-23 12:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1630 | The *path* parameter became optional. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1632 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1633 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*. |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | .. function:: lstat(path, \*, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | Perform the equivalent of an :c:func:`lstat` system call on the given path. |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | Similar to :func:`~os.stat`, but does not follow symbolic links. Return a |
| 1640 | :class:`stat_result` object. |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | On platforms that do not support symbolic links, this is an alias for |
| 1643 | :func:`~os.stat`. |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(path, dir_fd=dir_fd, |
| 1646 | follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1649 | <dir_fd>`. |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | .. seealso:: |
| 1652 | |
Berker Peksag | 2034caa | 2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | The :func:`.stat` function. |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | |
Georg Brandl | b382337 | 2010-07-10 08:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1656 | Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 1659 | Added the *dir_fd* parameter. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | |
| 1661 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | .. function:: mkdir(path, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None) |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | Create a directory named *path* with numeric mode *mode*. |
| 1665 | |
Tommy Beadle | 63b91e5 | 2016-06-02 15:41:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | If the directory already exists, :exc:`FileExistsError` is raised. |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | .. _mkdir_modebits: |
| 1669 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | On some systems, *mode* is ignored. Where it is used, the current umask |
Tommy Beadle | 63b91e5 | 2016-06-02 15:41:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | value is first masked out. If bits other than the last 9 (i.e. the last 3 |
| 1672 | digits of the octal representation of the *mode*) are set, their meaning is |
| 1673 | platform-dependent. On some platforms, they are ignored and you should call |
| 1674 | :func:`chmod` explicitly to set them. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | |
| 1676 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1677 | <dir_fd>`. |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 | It is also possible to create temporary directories; see the |
| 1680 | :mod:`tempfile` module's :func:`tempfile.mkdtemp` function. |
| 1681 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1683 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | |
Zachary Ware | a22ae21 | 2014-03-20 09:42:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | .. function:: makedirs(name, mode=0o777, exist_ok=False) |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | |
| 1688 | .. index:: |
| 1689 | single: directory; creating |
| 1690 | single: UNC paths; and os.makedirs() |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | Recursive directory creation function. Like :func:`mkdir`, but makes all |
Hynek Schlawack | 0230b6a | 2012-10-07 18:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | intermediate-level directories needed to contain the leaf directory. |
| 1694 | |
Tommy Beadle | 63b91e5 | 2016-06-02 15:41:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | The *mode* parameter is passed to :func:`mkdir`; see :ref:`the mkdir() |
| 1696 | description <mkdir_modebits>` for how it is interpreted. |
Hynek Schlawack | 0230b6a | 2012-10-07 18:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 | |
Benjamin Peterson | ee5f1c1 | 2014-04-01 19:13:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | If *exist_ok* is ``False`` (the default), an :exc:`OSError` is raised if the |
| 1699 | target directory already exists. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | |
| 1701 | .. note:: |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | :func:`makedirs` will become confused if the path elements to create |
Hynek Schlawack | 0230b6a | 2012-10-07 18:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | include :data:`pardir` (eg. ".." on UNIX systems). |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | |
| 1706 | This function handles UNC paths correctly. |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 1709 | The *exist_ok* parameter. |
| 1710 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1acc69c | 2014-04-01 19:22:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4.1 |
Benjamin Peterson | ee5f1c1 | 2014-04-01 19:13:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1acc69c | 2014-04-01 19:22:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | Before Python 3.4.1, if *exist_ok* was ``True`` and the directory existed, |
Benjamin Peterson | ee5f1c1 | 2014-04-01 19:13:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | :func:`makedirs` would still raise an error if *mode* did not match the |
| 1715 | mode of the existing directory. Since this behavior was impossible to |
Benjamin Peterson | 1acc69c | 2014-04-01 19:22:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | implement safely, it was removed in Python 3.4.1. See :issue:`21082`. |
Benjamin Peterson | 4717e21 | 2014-04-01 19:17:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | .. function:: mkfifo(path, mode=0o666, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*. |
| 1722 | The current umask value is first masked out from the mode. |
| 1723 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1725 | <dir_fd>`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | |
| 1727 | FIFOs are pipes that can be accessed like regular files. FIFOs exist until they |
| 1728 | are deleted (for example with :func:`os.unlink`). Generally, FIFOs are used as |
| 1729 | rendezvous between "client" and "server" type processes: the server opens the |
| 1730 | FIFO for reading, and the client opens it for writing. Note that :func:`mkfifo` |
| 1731 | doesn't open the FIFO --- it just creates the rendezvous point. |
| 1732 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1734 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1736 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | .. function:: mknod(path, mode=0o600, device=0, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | |
| 1741 | Create a filesystem node (file, device special file or named pipe) named |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | *path*. *mode* specifies both the permissions to use and the type of node |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | to be created, being combined (bitwise OR) with one of ``stat.S_IFREG``, |
| 1744 | ``stat.S_IFCHR``, ``stat.S_IFBLK``, and ``stat.S_IFIFO`` (those constants are |
| 1745 | available in :mod:`stat`). For ``stat.S_IFCHR`` and ``stat.S_IFBLK``, |
| 1746 | *device* defines the newly created device special file (probably using |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | :func:`os.makedev`), otherwise it is ignored. |
| 1748 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1750 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | |
| 1752 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1753 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
| 1754 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 | |
| 1756 | .. function:: major(device) |
| 1757 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | Extract the device major number from a raw device number (usually the |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | |
| 1762 | .. function:: minor(device) |
| 1763 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | Extract the device minor number from a raw device number (usually the |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | |
| 1768 | .. function:: makedev(major, minor) |
| 1769 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | Compose a raw device number from the major and minor device numbers. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | .. function:: pathconf(path, name) |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | Return system configuration information relevant to a named file. *name* |
| 1776 | specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the |
| 1777 | name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of |
| 1778 | standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define |
| 1779 | additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are |
| 1780 | given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not |
| 1781 | included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | |
| 1783 | If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a |
| 1784 | specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is |
| 1785 | included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with |
| 1786 | :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number. |
| 1787 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | <path_fd>`. |
| 1790 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1792 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | |
| 1794 | .. data:: pathconf_names |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`pathconf` and :func:`fpathconf` to |
| 1797 | the integer values defined for those names by the host operating system. This |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | can be used to determine the set of names known to the system. |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | |
| 1802 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | .. function:: readlink(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | |
| 1805 | Return a string representing the path to which the symbolic link points. The |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | result may be either an absolute or relative pathname; if it is relative, it |
| 1807 | may be converted to an absolute pathname using |
| 1808 | ``os.path.join(os.path.dirname(path), result)``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | |
Georg Brandl | 76e5538 | 2008-10-08 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | If the *path* is a string object, the result will also be a string object, |
Martin Panter | 6245cb3 | 2016-04-15 02:14:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 | and the call may raise a UnicodeDecodeError. If the *path* is a bytes |
Georg Brandl | 76e5538 | 2008-10-08 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | object, the result will be a bytes object. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1815 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | Availability: Unix, Windows |
| 1818 | |
Georg Brandl | b382337 | 2010-07-10 08:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1820 | Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1823 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | .. function:: remove(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | Remove (delete) the file *path*. If *path* is a directory, :exc:`OSError` is |
| 1829 | raised. Use :func:`rmdir` to remove directories. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1831 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1832 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | |
| 1834 | On Windows, attempting to remove a file that is in use causes an exception to |
| 1835 | be raised; on Unix, the directory entry is removed but the storage allocated |
| 1836 | to the file is not made available until the original file is no longer in use. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | |
Brett Cannon | 0503917 | 2015-12-28 17:28:19 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | This function is semantically identical to :func:`unlink`. |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | |
Zachary Ware | a22ae21 | 2014-03-20 09:42:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | .. function:: removedirs(name) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | |
| 1846 | .. index:: single: directory; deleting |
| 1847 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | Remove directories recursively. Works like :func:`rmdir` except that, if the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | leaf directory is successfully removed, :func:`removedirs` tries to |
| 1850 | successively remove every parent directory mentioned in *path* until an error |
| 1851 | is raised (which is ignored, because it generally means that a parent directory |
| 1852 | is not empty). For example, ``os.removedirs('foo/bar/baz')`` will first remove |
| 1853 | the directory ``'foo/bar/baz'``, and then remove ``'foo/bar'`` and ``'foo'`` if |
| 1854 | they are empty. Raises :exc:`OSError` if the leaf directory could not be |
| 1855 | successfully removed. |
| 1856 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | .. function:: rename(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | |
| 1860 | Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory, |
| 1861 | :exc:`OSError` will be raised. On Unix, if *dst* exists and is a file, it will |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail on some |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | Unix flavors if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, |
| 1864 | the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement). On |
| 1865 | Windows, if *dst* already exists, :exc:`OSError` will be raised even if it is a |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | file. |
| 1867 | |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to |
| 1869 | supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | If you want cross-platform overwriting of the destination, use :func:`replace`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1874 | The *src_dir_fd* and *dst_dir_fd* arguments. |
| 1875 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | |
| 1877 | .. function:: renames(old, new) |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | Recursive directory or file renaming function. Works like :func:`rename`, except |
| 1880 | creation of any intermediate directories needed to make the new pathname good is |
| 1881 | attempted first. After the rename, directories corresponding to rightmost path |
| 1882 | segments of the old name will be pruned away using :func:`removedirs`. |
| 1883 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | .. note:: |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | This function can fail with the new directory structure made if you lack |
| 1887 | permissions needed to remove the leaf directory or file. |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | .. function:: replace(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None) |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | |
| 1892 | Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory, |
| 1893 | :exc:`OSError` will be raised. If *dst* exists and is a file, it will |
| 1894 | be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail |
| 1895 | if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, |
| 1896 | the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement). |
| 1897 | |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to |
| 1899 | supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | .. function:: rmdir(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | |
Georg Brandl | a6053b4 | 2009-09-01 08:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | Remove (delete) the directory *path*. Only works when the directory is |
| 1907 | empty, otherwise, :exc:`OSError` is raised. In order to remove whole |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | directory trees, :func:`shutil.rmtree` can be used. |
| 1909 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1911 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1914 | The *dir_fd* parameter. |
| 1915 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | .. function:: scandir(path='.') |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | Return an iterator of :class:`DirEntry` objects corresponding to the entries |
| 1920 | in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in arbitrary |
| 1921 | order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not included. |
| 1922 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | Using :func:`scandir` instead of :func:`listdir` can significantly |
| 1924 | increase the performance of code that also needs file type or file |
| 1925 | attribute information, because :class:`DirEntry` objects expose this |
| 1926 | information if the operating system provides it when scanning a directory. |
| 1927 | All :class:`DirEntry` methods may perform a system call, but |
| 1928 | :func:`~DirEntry.is_dir` and :func:`~DirEntry.is_file` usually only |
| 1929 | require a system call for symbolic links; :func:`DirEntry.stat` |
| 1930 | always requires a system call on Unix but only requires one for |
| 1931 | symbolic links on Windows. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | On Unix, *path* can be of type :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` (use |
| 1934 | :func:`~os.fsencode` and :func:`~os.fsdecode` to encode and decode |
| 1935 | :class:`bytes` paths). On Windows, *path* must be of type :class:`str`. |
| 1936 | On both sytems, the type of the :attr:`~DirEntry.name` and |
| 1937 | :attr:`~DirEntry.path` attributes of each :class:`DirEntry` will be of |
| 1938 | the same type as *path*. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | ffe96ae | 2016-02-11 13:21:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | The :func:`scandir` iterator supports the :term:`context manager` protocol |
| 1941 | and has the following method: |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | .. method:: scandir.close() |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | Close the iterator and free acquired resources. |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | This is called automatically when the iterator is exhausted or garbage |
| 1948 | collected, or when an error happens during iterating. However it |
| 1949 | is advisable to call it explicitly or use the :keyword:`with` |
| 1950 | statement. |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | .. versionadded:: 3.6 |
| 1953 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | the files (excluding directories) in the given *path* that don't start with |
| 1956 | ``'.'``. The ``entry.is_file()`` call will generally not make an additional |
| 1957 | system call:: |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | ffe96ae | 2016-02-11 13:21:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | with os.scandir(path) as it: |
| 1960 | for entry in it: |
| 1961 | if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file(): |
| 1962 | print(entry.name) |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | |
| 1964 | .. note:: |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's |
| 1967 | `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_ |
| 1968 | and |
| 1969 | `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_ |
| 1970 | functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32 |
Georg Brandl | 5d94134 | 2016-02-26 19:37:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | `FindFirstFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_ |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | and |
Georg Brandl | 5d94134 | 2016-02-26 19:37:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | `FindNextFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_ |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | functions. |
| 1975 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 1977 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | ffe96ae | 2016-02-11 13:21:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | .. versionadded:: 3.6 |
| 1979 | Added support for the :term:`context manager` protocol and the |
| 1980 | :func:`~scandir.close()` method. If a :func:`scandir` iterator is neither |
| 1981 | exhausted nor explicitly closed a :exc:`ResourceWarning` will be emitted |
| 1982 | in its destructor. |
| 1983 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | |
| 1985 | .. class:: DirEntry |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file |
| 1988 | attributes of a directory entry. |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 | :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without |
| 1991 | making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | is made, the ``DirEntry`` object will cache the result. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | |
| 1994 | ``DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data |
| 1995 | structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has |
| 1996 | elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch |
| 1997 | up-to-date information. |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | Because the ``DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | also raise :exc:`OSError`. If you need very fine-grained |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the |
| 2002 | ``DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate. |
| 2003 | |
Brett Cannon | 96881cd | 2016-06-10 14:37:21 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | To be directly usable as a path-like object, ``DirEntry`` implements the |
| 2005 | :class:`os.PathLike` interface. |
| 2006 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | Attributes and methods on a ``DirEntry`` instance are as follows: |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | .. attribute:: name |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path* |
| 2012 | argument. |
| 2013 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | The :attr:`name` attribute will be of the same type (``str`` or |
| 2015 | ``bytes``) as the :func:`scandir` *path* argument. Use |
| 2016 | :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | |
| 2018 | .. attribute:: path |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 | The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path, |
| 2021 | entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path* |
| 2022 | argument. The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path* |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | argument was absolute. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | The :attr:`path` attribute will be of the same type (``str`` or |
| 2026 | ``bytes``) as the :func:`scandir` *path* argument. Use |
| 2027 | :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | |
| 2029 | .. method:: inode() |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | Return the inode number of the entry. |
| 2032 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object. Use ``os.stat(entry.path, |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date information. |
| 2035 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | On the first, uncached call, a system call is required on Windows but |
| 2037 | not on Unix. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | |
| 2039 | .. method:: is_dir(\*, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2040 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | Return ``True`` if this entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing |
| 2042 | to a directory; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to any other |
| 2043 | kind of file, or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | |
| 2045 | If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | is a directory (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the |
| 2047 | entry is any other kind of file or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache |
| 2050 | for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` along |
| 2051 | with :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` to fetch up-to-date information. |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases. |
| 2054 | Specifically, for non-symlinks, neither Windows or Unix require a system |
| 2055 | call, except on certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, |
| 2056 | that return ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. If the entry is a symlink, |
| 2057 | a system call will be required to follow the symlink unless |
| 2058 | *follow_symlinks* is ``False``. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`, |
| 2061 | but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | .. method:: is_file(\*, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2064 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | Return ``True`` if this entry is a file or a symbolic link pointing to a |
| 2066 | file; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to a directory or other |
| 2067 | non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | |
| 2069 | If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | is a file (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the entry is |
| 2071 | a directory or other non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object. Caching, system calls |
| 2074 | made, and exceptions raised are as per :func:`~DirEntry.is_dir`. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | |
| 2076 | .. method:: is_symlink() |
| 2077 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link (even if broken); |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | return ``False`` if the entry points to a directory or any kind of file, |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object. Call |
| 2083 | :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch up-to-date information. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases. |
| 2086 | Specifically, neither Windows or Unix require a system call, except on |
| 2087 | certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, that return |
| 2088 | ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`, |
| 2091 | but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | |
| 2093 | .. method:: stat(\*, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2094 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This method |
| 2096 | follows symbolic links by default; to stat a symbolic link add the |
| 2097 | ``follow_symlinks=False`` argument. |
| 2098 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | On Unix, this method always requires a system call. On Windows, it |
| 2100 | only requires a system call if *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` and the |
| 2101 | entry is a symbolic link. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | |
| 2103 | On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the |
| 2104 | :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to |
| 2105 | get these attributes. |
| 2106 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache |
| 2108 | for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` to |
| 2109 | fetch up-to-date information. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | |
Guido van Rossum | 1469d74 | 2016-01-06 11:36:03 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | Note that there is a nice correspondence between several attributes |
| 2112 | and methods of ``DirEntry`` and of :class:`pathlib.Path`. In |
| 2113 | particular, the ``name`` and ``path`` attributes have the same |
| 2114 | meaning, as do the ``is_dir()``, ``is_file()``, ``is_symlink()`` |
| 2115 | and ``stat()`` methods. |
| 2116 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 2118 | |
Brett Cannon | 96881cd | 2016-06-10 14:37:21 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | .. versionchanged:: 3.6 |
| 2120 | Added support for the :class:`os.PathLike` interface. |
| 2121 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | .. function:: stat(path, \*, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a |
| 2126 | :c:func:`stat` system call on the given path. *path* may be specified as |
| 2127 | either a string or as an open file descriptor. Return a :class:`stat_result` |
| 2128 | object. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | This function normally follows symlinks; to stat a symlink add the argument |
| 2131 | ``follow_symlinks=False``, or use :func:`lstat`. |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2134 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | .. index:: module: stat |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 | Example:: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | >>> import os |
| 2141 | >>> statinfo = os.stat('somefile.txt') |
| 2142 | >>> statinfo |
| 2143 | os.stat_result(st_mode=33188, st_ino=7876932, st_dev=234881026, |
| 2144 | st_nlink=1, st_uid=501, st_gid=501, st_size=264, st_atime=1297230295, |
| 2145 | st_mtime=1297230027, st_ctime=1297230027) |
| 2146 | >>> statinfo.st_size |
| 2147 | 264 |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | .. seealso:: |
Zachary Ware | 63f277b | 2014-06-19 09:46:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | :func:`fstat` and :func:`lstat` functions. |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2154 | Added the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments, specifying a file |
| 2155 | descriptor instead of a path. |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | .. class:: stat_result |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | Object whose attributes correspond roughly to the members of the |
| 2161 | :c:type:`stat` structure. It is used for the result of :func:`os.stat`, |
| 2162 | :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat`. |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | Attributes: |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | .. attribute:: st_mode |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions). |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | .. attribute:: st_ino |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | Inode number. |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | .. attribute:: st_dev |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | Identifier of the device on which this file resides. |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | .. attribute:: st_nlink |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | Number of hard links. |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | .. attribute:: st_uid |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | User identifier of the file owner. |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | .. attribute:: st_gid |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | Group identifier of the file owner. |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | .. attribute:: st_size |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | Size of the file in bytes, if it is a regular file or a symbolic link. |
| 2193 | The size of a symbolic link is the length of the pathname it contains, |
| 2194 | without a terminating null byte. |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | Timestamps: |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | .. attribute:: st_atime |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | Time of most recent access expressed in seconds. |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | .. attribute:: st_mtime |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | Time of most recent content modification expressed in seconds. |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | .. attribute:: st_ctime |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | Platform dependent: |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix, |
| 2211 | * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in seconds. |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | .. attribute:: st_atime_ns |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | Time of most recent access expressed in nanoseconds as an integer. |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | .. attribute:: st_mtime_ns |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | Time of most recent content modification expressed in nanoseconds as an |
| 2220 | integer. |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | .. attribute:: st_ctime_ns |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | Platform dependent: |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix, |
| 2227 | * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in nanoseconds as an |
| 2228 | integer. |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | See also the :func:`stat_float_times` function. |
Zachary Ware | 63f277b | 2014-06-19 09:46:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | .. note:: |
| 2233 | |
Senthil Kumaran | 3aac179 | 2011-07-04 11:43:51 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | The exact meaning and resolution of the :attr:`st_atime`, |
Senthil Kumaran | a6bac95 | 2011-07-04 11:28:30 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` attributes depend on the operating |
| 2236 | system and the file system. For example, on Windows systems using the FAT |
| 2237 | or FAT32 file systems, :attr:`st_mtime` has 2-second resolution, and |
| 2238 | :attr:`st_atime` has only 1-day resolution. See your operating system |
| 2239 | documentation for details. |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | |
Larry Hastings | 6fe20b3 | 2012-04-19 15:07:49 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | Similarly, although :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, |
| 2242 | and :attr:`st_ctime_ns` are always expressed in nanoseconds, many |
| 2243 | systems do not provide nanosecond precision. On systems that do |
| 2244 | provide nanosecond precision, the floating-point object used to |
| 2245 | store :attr:`st_atime`, :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` |
| 2246 | cannot preserve all of it, and as such will be slightly inexact. |
| 2247 | If you need the exact timestamps you should always use |
| 2248 | :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and :attr:`st_ctime_ns`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | On some Unix systems (such as Linux), the following attributes may also be |
| 2251 | available: |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | .. attribute:: st_blocks |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | Number of 512-byte blocks allocated for file. |
| 2256 | This may be smaller than :attr:`st_size`/512 when the file has holes. |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | .. attribute:: st_blksize |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | "Preferred" blocksize for efficient file system I/O. Writing to a file in |
| 2261 | smaller chunks may cause an inefficient read-modify-rewrite. |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | .. attribute:: st_rdev |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | Type of device if an inode device. |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | .. attribute:: st_flags |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 | User defined flags for file. |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | On other Unix systems (such as FreeBSD), the following attributes may be |
| 2272 | available (but may be only filled out if root tries to use them): |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | .. attribute:: st_gen |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | File generation number. |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | .. attribute:: st_birthtime |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | Time of file creation. |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | On Mac OS systems, the following attributes may also be available: |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | .. attribute:: st_rsize |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 | Real size of the file. |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | .. attribute:: st_creator |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | Creator of the file. |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | .. attribute:: st_type |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | File type. |
| 2295 | |
Victor Stinner | e1d24f7 | 2014-07-24 12:44:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | On Windows systems, the following attribute is also available: |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | .. attribute:: st_file_attributes |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the |
| 2301 | ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by |
| 2302 | :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*`` |
| 2303 | constants in the :mod:`stat` module. |
| 2304 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are |
| 2306 | useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On |
| 2307 | Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.) |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | For backward compatibility, a :class:`stat_result` instance is also |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | accessible as a tuple of at least 10 integers giving the most important (and |
| 2311 | portable) members of the :c:type:`stat` structure, in the order |
| 2312 | :attr:`st_mode`, :attr:`st_ino`, :attr:`st_dev`, :attr:`st_nlink`, |
| 2313 | :attr:`st_uid`, :attr:`st_gid`, :attr:`st_size`, :attr:`st_atime`, |
| 2314 | :attr:`st_mtime`, :attr:`st_ctime`. More items may be added at the end by |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | some implementations. For compatibility with older Python versions, |
| 2316 | accessing :class:`stat_result` as a tuple always returns integers. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | |
Larry Hastings | 6fe20b3 | 2012-04-19 15:07:49 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and |
| 2320 | :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members. |
Larry Hastings | 6fe20b3 | 2012-04-19 15:07:49 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | |
Zachary Ware | 63f277b | 2014-06-19 09:46:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 2323 | Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows. |
| 2324 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | |
| 2326 | .. function:: stat_float_times([newvalue]) |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | Determine whether :class:`stat_result` represents time stamps as float objects. |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | If *newvalue* is ``True``, future calls to :func:`~os.stat` return floats, if it is |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | ``False``, future calls return ints. If *newvalue* is omitted, return the |
| 2331 | current setting. |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | For compatibility with older Python versions, accessing :class:`stat_result` as |
| 2334 | a tuple always returns integers. |
| 2335 | |
Georg Brandl | 55ac8f0 | 2007-09-01 13:51:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | Python now returns float values by default. Applications which do not work |
| 2337 | correctly with floating point time stamps can use this function to restore the |
| 2338 | old behaviour. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | |
| 2340 | The resolution of the timestamps (that is the smallest possible fraction) |
| 2341 | depends on the system. Some systems only support second resolution; on these |
| 2342 | systems, the fraction will always be zero. |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | It is recommended that this setting is only changed at program startup time in |
| 2345 | the *__main__* module; libraries should never change this setting. If an |
| 2346 | application uses a library that works incorrectly if floating point time stamps |
| 2347 | are processed, this application should turn the feature off until the library |
| 2348 | has been corrected. |
| 2349 | |
Victor Stinner | 034d0aa | 2012-06-05 01:22:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | .. deprecated:: 3.3 |
| 2351 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | |
| 2353 | .. function:: statvfs(path) |
| 2354 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | Perform a :c:func:`statvfs` system call on the given path. The return value is |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | an object whose attributes describe the filesystem on the given path, and |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | correspond to the members of the :c:type:`statvfs` structure, namely: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | :attr:`f_bsize`, :attr:`f_frsize`, :attr:`f_blocks`, :attr:`f_bfree`, |
| 2359 | :attr:`f_bavail`, :attr:`f_files`, :attr:`f_ffree`, :attr:`f_favail`, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | :attr:`f_flag`, :attr:`f_namemax`. |
| 2361 | |
Andrew M. Kuchling | 4ea04a3 | 2010-08-18 22:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | Two module-level constants are defined for the :attr:`f_flag` attribute's |
| 2363 | bit-flags: if :const:`ST_RDONLY` is set, the filesystem is mounted |
| 2364 | read-only, and if :const:`ST_NOSUID` is set, the semantics of |
| 2365 | setuid/setgid bits are disabled or not supported. |
| 2366 | |
doko@ubuntu.com | ca616a2 | 2013-12-08 15:23:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | Additional module-level constants are defined for GNU/glibc based systems. |
| 2368 | These are :const:`ST_NODEV` (disallow access to device special files), |
| 2369 | :const:`ST_NOEXEC` (disallow program execution), :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS` |
| 2370 | (writes are synced at once), :const:`ST_MANDLOCK` (allow mandatory locks on an FS), |
| 2371 | :const:`ST_WRITE` (write on file/directory/symlink), :const:`ST_APPEND` |
| 2372 | (append-only file), :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE` (immutable file), :const:`ST_NOATIME` |
| 2373 | (do not update access times), :const:`ST_NODIRATIME` (do not update directory access |
| 2374 | times), :const:`ST_RELATIME` (update atime relative to mtime/ctime). |
| 2375 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | |
Andrew M. Kuchling | 4ea04a3 | 2010-08-18 22:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 2379 | The :const:`ST_RDONLY` and :const:`ST_NOSUID` constants were added. |
| 2380 | |
doko@ubuntu.com | ca616a2 | 2013-12-08 15:23:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 2382 | The :const:`ST_NODEV`, :const:`ST_NOEXEC`, :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`, |
| 2383 | :const:`ST_MANDLOCK`, :const:`ST_WRITE`, :const:`ST_APPEND`, |
| 2384 | :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE`, :const:`ST_NOATIME`, :const:`ST_NODIRATIME`, |
| 2385 | and :const:`ST_RELATIME` constants were added. |
| 2386 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2390 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | |
| 2393 | .. data:: supports_dir_fd |
| 2394 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | :mod:`os` module permit use of their *dir_fd* parameter. Different platforms |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | provide different functionality, and an option that might work on one might |
| 2398 | be unsupported on another. For consistency's sakes, functions that support |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | *dir_fd* always allow specifying the parameter, but will raise an exception |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | if the functionality is not actually available. |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | To check whether a particular function permits use of its *dir_fd* |
| 2403 | parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_dir_fd``. As an example, |
| 2404 | this expression determines whether the *dir_fd* parameter of :func:`os.stat` |
| 2405 | is locally available:: |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | os.stat in os.supports_dir_fd |
| 2408 | |
Georg Brandl | f62445a | 2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | Currently *dir_fd* parameters only work on Unix platforms; none of them work |
| 2410 | on Windows. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | |
| 2412 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2413 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | .. data:: supports_effective_ids |
| 2416 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | :mod:`os` module permit use of the *effective_ids* parameter for |
| 2419 | :func:`os.access`. If the local platform supports it, the collection will |
| 2420 | contain :func:`os.access`, otherwise it will be empty. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | To check whether you can use the *effective_ids* parameter for |
Berker Peksag | 4d6c606 | 2015-02-16 03:36:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | :func:`os.access`, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_effective_ids``, |
| 2424 | like so:: |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | |
| 2426 | os.access in os.supports_effective_ids |
| 2427 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | Currently *effective_ids* only works on Unix platforms; it does not work on |
| 2429 | Windows. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | |
| 2431 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2432 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | .. data:: supports_fd |
| 2435 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | :mod:`os` module permit specifying their *path* parameter as an open file |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | descriptor. Different platforms provide different functionality, and an |
| 2439 | option that might work on one might be unsupported on another. For |
| 2440 | consistency's sakes, functions that support *fd* always allow specifying |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | the parameter, but will raise an exception if the functionality is not |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | actually available. |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | To check whether a particular function permits specifying an open file |
| 2445 | descriptor for its *path* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on |
| 2446 | ``supports_fd``. As an example, this expression determines whether |
| 2447 | :func:`os.chdir` accepts open file descriptors when called on your local |
| 2448 | platform:: |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | os.chdir in os.supports_fd |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2453 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | .. data:: supports_follow_symlinks |
| 2456 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | :mod:`os` module permit use of their *follow_symlinks* parameter. Different |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | platforms provide different functionality, and an option that might work on |
| 2460 | one might be unsupported on another. For consistency's sakes, functions that |
| 2461 | support *follow_symlinks* always allow specifying the parameter, but will |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | raise an exception if the functionality is not actually available. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | |
| 2464 | To check whether a particular function permits use of its *follow_symlinks* |
| 2465 | parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_follow_symlinks``. As an |
| 2466 | example, this expression determines whether the *follow_symlinks* parameter |
| 2467 | of :func:`os.stat` is locally available:: |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | os.stat in os.supports_follow_symlinks |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2472 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | .. function:: symlink(src, dst, target_is_directory=False, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | Create a symbolic link pointing to *src* named *dst*. |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | On Windows, a symlink represents either a file or a directory, and does not |
Jason R. Coombs | 3a09286 | 2013-05-27 23:21:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | morph to the target dynamically. If the target is present, the type of the |
| 2480 | symlink will be created to match. Otherwise, the symlink will be created |
| 2481 | as a directory if *target_is_directory* is ``True`` or a file symlink (the |
| 2482 | default) otherwise. On non-Window platforms, *target_is_directory* is ignored. |
Brian Curtin | d40e6f7 | 2010-07-08 21:39:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | |
Georg Brandl | 64a41ed | 2010-10-06 08:52:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | Symbolic link support was introduced in Windows 6.0 (Vista). :func:`symlink` |
| 2485 | will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError` on Windows versions earlier than 6.0. |
Brian Curtin | 52173d4 | 2010-12-02 18:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 2488 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 | |
Brian Curtin | 52173d4 | 2010-12-02 18:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | .. note:: |
| 2491 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | On Windows, the *SeCreateSymbolicLinkPrivilege* is required in order to |
| 2493 | successfully create symlinks. This privilege is not typically granted to |
| 2494 | regular users but is available to accounts which can escalate privileges |
| 2495 | to the administrator level. Either obtaining the privilege or running your |
Brian Curtin | 9624559 | 2010-12-28 17:08:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | application as an administrator are ways to successfully create symlinks. |
| 2497 | |
Jason R. Coombs | 3a09286 | 2013-05-27 23:21:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | |
Brian Curtin | 9624559 | 2010-12-28 17:08:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | :exc:`OSError` is raised when the function is called by an unprivileged |
| 2500 | user. |
Brian Curtin | d40e6f7 | 2010-07-08 21:39:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | |
Georg Brandl | 64a41ed | 2010-10-06 08:52:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | |
Georg Brandl | b382337 | 2010-07-10 08:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 2505 | Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2508 | Added the *dir_fd* argument, and now allow *target_is_directory* |
| 2509 | on non-Windows platforms. |
| 2510 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 | .. function:: sync() |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | Force write of everything to disk. |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 | Availability: Unix. |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | .. function:: truncate(path, length) |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most |
| 2524 | *length* bytes in size. |
| 2525 | |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. |
| 2527 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | |
| 2530 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2531 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
| 2533 | Added support for Windows |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | .. function:: unlink(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | |
Brett Cannon | 0503917 | 2015-12-28 17:28:19 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | Remove (delete) the file *path*. This function is semantically |
| 2538 | identical to :func:`remove`; the ``unlink`` name is its |
| 2539 | traditional Unix name. Please see the documentation for |
| 2540 | :func:`remove` for further information. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | The *dir_fd* parameter. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | .. function:: utime(path, times=None, *[, ns], dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | Set the access and modified times of the file specified by *path*. |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | :func:`utime` takes two optional parameters, *times* and *ns*. |
| 2551 | These specify the times set on *path* and are used as follows: |
| 2552 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | - If *ns* is specified, |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime_ns, mtime_ns)`` |
| 2555 | where each member is an int expressing nanoseconds. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | - If *times* is not ``None``, |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime, mtime)`` |
| 2558 | where each member is an int or float expressing seconds. |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | - If *times* is ``None`` and *ns* is unspecified, |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | this is equivalent to specifying ``ns=(atime_ns, mtime_ns)`` |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | where both times are the current time. |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | It is an error to specify tuples for both *times* and *ns*. |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | |
| 2565 | Whether a directory can be given for *path* |
Brian Curtin | 52fbea1 | 2011-11-06 13:41:17 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | depends on whether the operating system implements directories as files |
| 2567 | (for example, Windows does not). Note that the exact times you set here may |
| 2568 | not be returned by a subsequent :func:`~os.stat` call, depending on the |
| 2569 | resolution with which your operating system records access and modification |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | times; see :func:`~os.stat`. The best way to preserve exact times is to |
| 2571 | use the *st_atime_ns* and *st_mtime_ns* fields from the :func:`os.stat` |
| 2572 | result object with the *ns* parameter to `utime`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`, |
| 2575 | :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not |
| 2576 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*, |
| 2580 | and the *dir_fd*, *follow_symlinks*, and *ns* parameters. |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | .. function:: walk(top, topdown=True, onerror=None, followlinks=False) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | |
| 2585 | .. index:: |
| 2586 | single: directory; walking |
| 2587 | single: directory; traversal |
| 2588 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | Generate the file names in a directory tree by walking the tree |
| 2590 | either top-down or bottom-up. For each directory in the tree rooted at directory |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | *top* (including *top* itself), it yields a 3-tuple ``(dirpath, dirnames, |
| 2592 | filenames)``. |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | *dirpath* is a string, the path to the directory. *dirnames* is a list of the |
| 2595 | names of the subdirectories in *dirpath* (excluding ``'.'`` and ``'..'``). |
| 2596 | *filenames* is a list of the names of the non-directory files in *dirpath*. |
| 2597 | Note that the names in the lists contain no path components. To get a full path |
| 2598 | (which begins with *top*) to a file or directory in *dirpath*, do |
| 2599 | ``os.path.join(dirpath, name)``. |
| 2600 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | If optional argument *topdown* is ``True`` or not specified, the triple for a |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | directory is generated before the triples for any of its subdirectories |
Benjamin Peterson | e58e0c7 | 2014-06-15 20:51:12 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | (directories are generated top-down). If *topdown* is ``False``, the triple |
| 2604 | for a directory is generated after the triples for all of its subdirectories |
| 2605 | (directories are generated bottom-up). No matter the value of *topdown*, the |
| 2606 | list of subdirectories is retrieved before the tuples for the directory and |
| 2607 | its subdirectories are generated. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | When *topdown* is ``True``, the caller can modify the *dirnames* list in-place |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | (perhaps using :keyword:`del` or slice assignment), and :func:`walk` will only |
| 2611 | recurse into the subdirectories whose names remain in *dirnames*; this can be |
| 2612 | used to prune the search, impose a specific order of visiting, or even to inform |
| 2613 | :func:`walk` about directories the caller creates or renames before it resumes |
Victor Stinner | 0e316f6 | 2015-10-23 12:38:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | :func:`walk` again. Modifying *dirnames* when *topdown* is ``False`` has |
| 2615 | no effect on the behavior of the walk, because in bottom-up mode the directories |
| 2616 | in *dirnames* are generated before *dirpath* itself is generated. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | |
Ezio Melotti | 67494f2 | 2011-10-18 12:59:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | By default, errors from the :func:`listdir` call are ignored. If optional |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | argument *onerror* is specified, it should be a function; it will be called with |
| 2620 | one argument, an :exc:`OSError` instance. It can report the error to continue |
| 2621 | with the walk, or raise the exception to abort the walk. Note that the filename |
| 2622 | is available as the ``filename`` attribute of the exception object. |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | By default, :func:`walk` will not walk down into symbolic links that resolve to |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | directories. Set *followlinks* to ``True`` to visit directories pointed to by |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | symlinks, on systems that support them. |
| 2627 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 | .. note:: |
| 2629 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | Be aware that setting *followlinks* to ``True`` can lead to infinite |
| 2631 | recursion if a link points to a parent directory of itself. :func:`walk` |
| 2632 | does not keep track of the directories it visited already. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | |
| 2634 | .. note:: |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | If you pass a relative pathname, don't change the current working directory |
| 2637 | between resumptions of :func:`walk`. :func:`walk` never changes the current |
| 2638 | directory, and assumes that its caller doesn't either. |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each |
| 2641 | directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any |
| 2642 | CVS subdirectory:: |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | import os |
| 2645 | from os.path import join, getsize |
| 2646 | for root, dirs, files in os.walk('python/Lib/email'): |
Georg Brandl | 6911e3c | 2007-09-04 07:15:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | print(root, "consumes", end=" ") |
| 2648 | print(sum(getsize(join(root, name)) for name in files), end=" ") |
| 2649 | print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files") |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | if 'CVS' in dirs: |
| 2651 | dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories |
| 2652 | |
Victor Stinner | 47c41b4 | 2015-03-10 13:31:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | In the next example (simple implementation of :func:`shutil.rmtree`), |
| 2654 | walking the tree bottom-up is essential, :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow |
| 2655 | deleting a directory before the directory is empty:: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top", |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | # assuming there are no symbolic links. |
| 2659 | # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it |
| 2660 | # could delete all your disk files. |
| 2661 | import os |
| 2662 | for root, dirs, files in os.walk(top, topdown=False): |
| 2663 | for name in files: |
| 2664 | os.remove(os.path.join(root, name)) |
| 2665 | for name in dirs: |
| 2666 | os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name)) |
| 2667 | |
Victor Stinner | 524a5ba | 2015-03-10 13:20:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | This function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`, |
| 2670 | making it faster by reducing the number of calls to :func:`os.stat`. |
Victor Stinner | 524a5ba | 2015-03-10 13:20:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | |
Larry Hastings | b403806 | 2012-07-15 10:57:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | .. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None) |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | |
| 2675 | .. index:: |
| 2676 | single: directory; walking |
| 2677 | single: directory; traversal |
| 2678 | |
Eli Bendersky | d049d5c | 2012-02-11 09:52:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | This behaves exactly like :func:`walk`, except that it yields a 4-tuple |
Larry Hastings | c48fe98 | 2012-06-25 04:49:05 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | ``(dirpath, dirnames, filenames, dirfd)``, and it supports ``dir_fd``. |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | |
| 2682 | *dirpath*, *dirnames* and *filenames* are identical to :func:`walk` output, |
| 2683 | and *dirfd* is a file descriptor referring to the directory *dirpath*. |
| 2684 | |
Larry Hastings | c48fe98 | 2012-06-25 04:49:05 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | This function always supports :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
Larry Hastings | b403806 | 2012-07-15 10:57:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. Note however |
Larry Hastings | 950b76a | 2012-07-15 17:32:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | that, unlike other functions, the :func:`fwalk` default value for |
Larry Hastings | b403806 | 2012-07-15 10:57:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | *follow_symlinks* is ``False``. |
Larry Hastings | c48fe98 | 2012-06-25 04:49:05 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | .. note:: |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | Since :func:`fwalk` yields file descriptors, those are only valid until |
| 2693 | the next iteration step, so you should duplicate them (e.g. with |
| 2694 | :func:`dup`) if you want to keep them longer. |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each |
| 2697 | directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any |
| 2698 | CVS subdirectory:: |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | import os |
| 2701 | for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk('python/Lib/email'): |
| 2702 | print(root, "consumes", end="") |
Hynek Schlawack | 1729b8f | 2012-06-24 16:11:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | print(sum([os.stat(name, dir_fd=rootfd).st_size for name in files]), |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | end="") |
| 2705 | print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files") |
| 2706 | if 'CVS' in dirs: |
| 2707 | dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | In the next example, walking the tree bottom-up is essential: |
Victor Stinner | 69a6ca5 | 2012-08-05 15:18:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow deleting a directory before the directory is |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | empty:: |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top", |
| 2714 | # assuming there are no symbolic links. |
| 2715 | # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it |
| 2716 | # could delete all your disk files. |
| 2717 | import os |
| 2718 | for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk(top, topdown=False): |
| 2719 | for name in files: |
Victor Stinner | 69a6ca5 | 2012-08-05 15:18:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | os.unlink(name, dir_fd=rootfd) |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | for name in dirs: |
Victor Stinner | 69a6ca5 | 2012-08-05 15:18:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | os.rmdir(name, dir_fd=rootfd) |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | |
| 2724 | Availability: Unix. |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | |
Georg Brandl | b9831ab | 2012-06-24 11:57:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | Linux extended attributes |
| 2730 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | These functions are all available on Linux only. |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | .. function:: getxattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | Return the value of the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* for |
| 2739 | *path*. *attribute* can be bytes or str. If it is str, it is encoded |
| 2740 | with the filesystem encoding. |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2743 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | .. function:: listxattr(path=None, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | Return a list of the extended filesystem attributes on *path*. The |
| 2749 | attributes in the list are represented as strings decoded with the filesystem |
| 2750 | encoding. If *path* is ``None``, :func:`listxattr` will examine the current |
| 2751 | directory. |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2754 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | .. function:: removexattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | Removes the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* from *path*. |
| 2760 | *attribute* should be bytes or str. If it is a string, it is encoded |
| 2761 | with the filesystem encoding. |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2764 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | .. function:: setxattr(path, attribute, value, flags=0, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | Set the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* on *path* to *value*. |
| 2770 | *attribute* must be a bytes or str with no embedded NULs. If it is a str, |
| 2771 | it is encoded with the filesystem encoding. *flags* may be |
| 2772 | :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` or :data:`XATTR_CREATE`. If :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` is |
| 2773 | given and the attribute does not exist, ``EEXISTS`` will be raised. |
| 2774 | If :data:`XATTR_CREATE` is given and the attribute already exists, the |
| 2775 | attribute will not be created and ``ENODATA`` will be raised. |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2778 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | .. note:: |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | A bug in Linux kernel versions less than 2.6.39 caused the flags argument |
| 2783 | to be ignored on some filesystems. |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | .. data:: XATTR_SIZE_MAX |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | The maximum size the value of an extended attribute can be. Currently, this |
Serhiy Storchaka | f8def28 | 2013-02-16 17:29:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | is 64 KiB on Linux. |
Georg Brandl | b9831ab | 2012-06-24 11:57:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | .. data:: XATTR_CREATE |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It |
| 2795 | indicates the operation must create an attribute. |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | .. data:: XATTR_REPLACE |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It |
| 2801 | indicates the operation must replace an existing attribute. |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | .. _os-process: |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | Process Management |
| 2807 | ------------------ |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | These functions may be used to create and manage processes. |
| 2810 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | The various :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions take a list of arguments for the new |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | program loaded into the process. In each case, the first of these arguments is |
| 2813 | passed to the new program as its own name rather than as an argument a user may |
| 2814 | have typed on a command line. For the C programmer, this is the ``argv[0]`` |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | passed to a program's :c:func:`main`. For example, ``os.execv('/bin/echo', |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | ['foo', 'bar'])`` will only print ``bar`` on standard output; ``foo`` will seem |
| 2817 | to be ignored. |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | .. function:: abort() |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | Generate a :const:`SIGABRT` signal to the current process. On Unix, the default |
| 2823 | behavior is to produce a core dump; on Windows, the process immediately returns |
Victor Stinner | 6e2e3b9 | 2011-07-08 02:26:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | an exit code of ``3``. Be aware that calling this function will not call the |
| 2825 | Python signal handler registered for :const:`SIGABRT` with |
| 2826 | :func:`signal.signal`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | |
| 2829 | .. function:: execl(path, arg0, arg1, ...) |
| 2830 | execle(path, arg0, arg1, ..., env) |
| 2831 | execlp(file, arg0, arg1, ...) |
| 2832 | execlpe(file, arg0, arg1, ..., env) |
| 2833 | execv(path, args) |
| 2834 | execve(path, args, env) |
| 2835 | execvp(file, args) |
| 2836 | execvpe(file, args, env) |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | These functions all execute a new program, replacing the current process; they |
| 2839 | do not return. On Unix, the new executable is loaded into the current process, |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | and will have the same process id as the caller. Errors will be reported as |
Georg Brandl | 48310cd | 2009-01-03 21:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | :exc:`OSError` exceptions. |
Benjamin Peterson | e9bbc8b | 2008-09-28 02:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | |
| 2843 | The current process is replaced immediately. Open file objects and |
| 2844 | descriptors are not flushed, so if there may be data buffered |
| 2845 | on these open files, you should flush them using |
| 2846 | :func:`sys.stdout.flush` or :func:`os.fsync` before calling an |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | :func:`exec\* <execl>` function. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions differ in how |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the |
| 2852 | individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the :func:`execl\*` |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of parameters is |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as the *args* |
| 2855 | parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process should start with |
| 2856 | the name of the command being run, but this is not enforced. |
| 2857 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | The variants which include a "p" near the end (:func:`execlp`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execvp`, and :func:`execvpe`) will use the |
| 2860 | :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`exec\*e <execl>` variants, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of |
| 2863 | the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`execl`, :func:`execle`, |
| 2864 | :func:`execv`, and :func:`execve`, will not use the :envvar:`PATH` variable to |
| 2865 | locate the executable; *path* must contain an appropriate absolute or relative |
| 2866 | path. |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | For :func:`execle`, :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execve`, and :func:`execvpe` (note |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping which is |
Christian Heimes | a342c01 | 2008-04-20 21:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | used to define the environment variables for the new process (these are used |
| 2871 | instead of the current process' environment); the functions :func:`execl`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | :func:`execlp`, :func:`execv`, and :func:`execvp` all cause the new process to |
Georg Brandl | 48310cd | 2009-01-03 21:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | inherit the environment of the current process. |
Benjamin Peterson | e9bbc8b | 2008-09-28 02:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | For :func:`execve` on some platforms, *path* may also be specified as an open |
| 2876 | file descriptor. This functionality may not be supported on your platform; |
| 2877 | you can check whether or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_fd`. |
| 2878 | If it is unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 2879 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e9bbc8b | 2008-09-28 02:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2883 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path* |
| 2884 | for :func:`execve`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | |
| 2886 | .. function:: _exit(n) |
| 2887 | |
Georg Brandl | 6f4e68d | 2010-10-17 10:51:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | Exit the process with status *n*, without calling cleanup handlers, flushing |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | stdio buffers, etc. |
| 2890 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | .. note:: |
| 2892 | |
Georg Brandl | 6f4e68d | 2010-10-17 10:51:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | The standard way to exit is ``sys.exit(n)``. :func:`_exit` should |
| 2894 | normally only be used in the child process after a :func:`fork`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | The following exit codes are defined and can be used with :func:`_exit`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | although they are not required. These are typically used for system programs |
| 2898 | written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program. |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | .. note:: |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | Some of these may not be available on all Unix platforms, since there is some |
| 2903 | variation. These constants are defined where they are defined by the underlying |
| 2904 | platform. |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | .. data:: EX_OK |
| 2908 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | Exit code that means no error occurred. |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | |
| 2914 | .. data:: EX_USAGE |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | Exit code that means the command was used incorrectly, such as when the wrong |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | number of arguments are given. |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | |
| 2922 | .. data:: EX_DATAERR |
| 2923 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | Exit code that means the input data was incorrect. |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | |
| 2929 | .. data:: EX_NOINPUT |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | Exit code that means an input file did not exist or was not readable. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | |
| 2936 | .. data:: EX_NOUSER |
| 2937 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | Exit code that means a specified user did not exist. |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2942 | |
| 2943 | .. data:: EX_NOHOST |
| 2944 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | Exit code that means a specified host did not exist. |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | |
| 2950 | .. data:: EX_UNAVAILABLE |
| 2951 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | Exit code that means that a required service is unavailable. |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | |
| 2957 | .. data:: EX_SOFTWARE |
| 2958 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | Exit code that means an internal software error was detected. |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | |
| 2964 | .. data:: EX_OSERR |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | Exit code that means an operating system error was detected, such as the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | inability to fork or create a pipe. |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | |
| 2972 | .. data:: EX_OSFILE |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | Exit code that means some system file did not exist, could not be opened, or had |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 | some other kind of error. |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 | |
| 2980 | .. data:: EX_CANTCREAT |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | Exit code that means a user specified output file could not be created. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | |
| 2987 | .. data:: EX_IOERR |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | Exit code that means that an error occurred while doing I/O on some file. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2990 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | |
| 2994 | .. data:: EX_TEMPFAIL |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | Exit code that means a temporary failure occurred. This indicates something |
| 2997 | that may not really be an error, such as a network connection that couldn't be |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | made during a retryable operation. |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | |
| 3003 | .. data:: EX_PROTOCOL |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | Exit code that means that a protocol exchange was illegal, invalid, or not |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 | understood. |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | |
| 3011 | .. data:: EX_NOPERM |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | Exit code that means that there were insufficient permissions to perform the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | operation (but not intended for file system problems). |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | |
| 3019 | .. data:: EX_CONFIG |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 | Exit code that means that some kind of configuration error occurred. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | |
| 3026 | .. data:: EX_NOTFOUND |
| 3027 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | Exit code that means something like "an entry was not found". |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | |
| 3033 | .. function:: fork() |
| 3034 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | Fork a child process. Return ``0`` in the child and the child's process id in the |
Christian Heimes | dd15f6c | 2008-03-16 00:07:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | parent. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised. |
Benjamin Peterson | bcd8ac3 | 2008-10-10 22:20:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | |
Larry Hastings | 3732ed2 | 2014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | Note that some platforms including FreeBSD <= 6.3 and Cygwin have |
Benjamin Peterson | bcd8ac3 | 2008-10-10 22:20:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | known issues when using fork() from a thread. |
| 3040 | |
Christian Heimes | 3046fe4 | 2013-10-29 21:08:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | .. warning:: |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | See :mod:`ssl` for applications that use the SSL module with fork(). |
| 3044 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | .. function:: forkpty() |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | Fork a child process, using a new pseudo-terminal as the child's controlling |
| 3051 | terminal. Return a pair of ``(pid, fd)``, where *pid* is ``0`` in the child, the |
| 3052 | new child's process id in the parent, and *fd* is the file descriptor of the |
| 3053 | master end of the pseudo-terminal. For a more portable approach, use the |
Christian Heimes | dd15f6c | 2008-03-16 00:07:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | :mod:`pty` module. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | Availability: some flavors of Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | .. function:: kill(pid, sig) |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | .. index:: |
| 3062 | single: process; killing |
| 3063 | single: process; signalling |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | Send signal *sig* to the process *pid*. Constants for the specific signals |
| 3066 | available on the host platform are defined in the :mod:`signal` module. |
Brian Curtin | eb24d74 | 2010-04-12 17:16:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | |
| 3068 | Windows: The :data:`signal.CTRL_C_EVENT` and |
| 3069 | :data:`signal.CTRL_BREAK_EVENT` signals are special signals which can |
| 3070 | only be sent to console processes which share a common console window, |
| 3071 | e.g., some subprocesses. Any other value for *sig* will cause the process |
| 3072 | to be unconditionally killed by the TerminateProcess API, and the exit code |
| 3073 | will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes |
| 3074 | process handles to be killed. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | |
Victor Stinner | b3e7219 | 2011-05-08 01:46:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`. |
| 3077 | |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 3079 | Windows support. |
Brian Curtin | 904bd39 | 2010-04-20 15:28:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | |
| 3082 | .. function:: killpg(pgid, sig) |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | .. index:: |
| 3085 | single: process; killing |
| 3086 | single: process; signalling |
| 3087 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | Send the signal *sig* to the process group *pgid*. |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | |
| 3093 | .. function:: nice(increment) |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | Add *increment* to the process's "niceness". Return the new niceness. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | .. function:: plock(op) |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | Lock program segments into memory. The value of *op* (defined in |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | ``<sys/lock.h>``) determines which segments are locked. |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | |
| 3107 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | .. function:: popen(cmd, mode='r', buffering=-1) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | Open a pipe to or from command *cmd*. |
| 3111 | The return value is an open file object |
Andrew Kuchling | f5a4292 | 2014-04-16 09:10:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | connected to the pipe, which can be read or written depending on whether *mode* |
| 3113 | is ``'r'`` (default) or ``'w'``. The *buffering* argument has the same meaning as |
| 3114 | the corresponding argument to the built-in :func:`open` function. The |
| 3115 | returned file object reads or writes text strings rather than bytes. |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | The ``close`` method returns :const:`None` if the subprocess exited |
| 3118 | successfully, or the subprocess's return code if there was an |
| 3119 | error. On POSIX systems, if the return code is positive it |
| 3120 | represents the return value of the process left-shifted by one |
| 3121 | byte. If the return code is negative, the process was terminated |
| 3122 | by the signal given by the negated value of the return code. (For |
| 3123 | example, the return value might be ``- signal.SIGKILL`` if the |
| 3124 | subprocess was killed.) On Windows systems, the return value |
| 3125 | contains the signed integer return code from the child process. |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | This is implemented using :class:`subprocess.Popen`; see that class's |
| 3128 | documentation for more powerful ways to manage and communicate with |
| 3129 | subprocesses. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | .. function:: spawnl(mode, path, ...) |
| 3133 | spawnle(mode, path, ..., env) |
| 3134 | spawnlp(mode, file, ...) |
| 3135 | spawnlpe(mode, file, ..., env) |
| 3136 | spawnv(mode, path, args) |
| 3137 | spawnve(mode, path, args, env) |
| 3138 | spawnvp(mode, file, args) |
| 3139 | spawnvpe(mode, file, args, env) |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | Execute the program *path* in a new process. |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | (Note that the :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for |
| 3144 | spawning new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is |
Benjamin Peterson | 87c8d87 | 2009-06-11 22:54:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | preferable to using these functions. Check especially the |
| 3146 | :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section.) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3147 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | If *mode* is :const:`P_NOWAIT`, this function returns the process id of the new |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | process; if *mode* is :const:`P_WAIT`, returns the process's exit code if it |
| 3150 | exits normally, or ``-signal``, where *signal* is the signal that killed the |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 | process. On Windows, the process id will actually be the process handle, so can |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | be used with the :func:`waitpid` function. |
| 3153 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions differ in how |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the |
| 3157 | individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | :func:`spawnl\*` functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3159 | parameters is variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as |
| 3160 | the *args* parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process must |
| 3161 | start with the name of the command being run. |
| 3162 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | The variants which include a second "p" near the end (:func:`spawnlp`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`, and :func:`spawnvpe`) will use the |
| 3165 | :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`spawn\*e <spawnl>` variants, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of |
| 3168 | the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`spawnl`, |
| 3169 | :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnve`, will not use the |
| 3170 | :envvar:`PATH` variable to locate the executable; *path* must contain an |
| 3171 | appropriate absolute or relative path. |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | For :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnve`, and :func:`spawnvpe` |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | (note that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping |
Christian Heimes | a342c01 | 2008-04-20 21:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | which is used to define the environment variables for the new process (they are |
| 3176 | used instead of the current process' environment); the functions |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | :func:`spawnl`, :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnvp` all cause |
Benjamin Peterson | d23f822 | 2009-04-05 19:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 | the new process to inherit the environment of the current process. Note that |
| 3179 | keys and values in the *env* dictionary must be strings; invalid keys or |
| 3180 | values will cause the function to fail, with a return value of ``127``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | |
| 3182 | As an example, the following calls to :func:`spawnlp` and :func:`spawnvpe` are |
| 3183 | equivalent:: |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | import os |
| 3186 | os.spawnlp(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', 'cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null') |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | L = ['cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null'] |
| 3189 | os.spawnvpe(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', L, os.environ) |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | Availability: Unix, Windows. :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp` |
Antoine Pitrou | 0e752dd | 2011-07-19 01:26:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | and :func:`spawnvpe` are not available on Windows. :func:`spawnle` and |
| 3193 | :func:`spawnve` are not thread-safe on Windows; we advise you to use the |
| 3194 | :mod:`subprocess` module instead. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | |
| 3197 | .. data:: P_NOWAIT |
| 3198 | P_NOWAITO |
| 3199 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | functions. If either of these values is given, the :func:`spawn\*` functions |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | will return as soon as the new process has been created, with the process id as |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | the return value. |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | |
| 3208 | .. data:: P_WAIT |
| 3209 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | Possible value for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | functions. If this is given as *mode*, the :func:`spawn\*` functions will not |
| 3212 | return until the new process has run to completion and will return the exit code |
| 3213 | of the process the run is successful, or ``-signal`` if a signal kills the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | process. |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | |
| 3219 | .. data:: P_DETACH |
| 3220 | P_OVERLAY |
| 3221 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 | functions. These are less portable than those listed above. :const:`P_DETACH` |
| 3224 | is similar to :const:`P_NOWAIT`, but the new process is detached from the |
| 3225 | console of the calling process. If :const:`P_OVERLAY` is used, the current |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | process will be replaced; the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` function will not return. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | Availability: Windows. |
| 3229 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | |
| 3231 | .. function:: startfile(path[, operation]) |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | Start a file with its associated application. |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | When *operation* is not specified or ``'open'``, this acts like double-clicking |
| 3236 | the file in Windows Explorer, or giving the file name as an argument to the |
| 3237 | :program:`start` command from the interactive command shell: the file is opened |
| 3238 | with whatever application (if any) its extension is associated. |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | When another *operation* is given, it must be a "command verb" that specifies |
| 3241 | what should be done with the file. Common verbs documented by Microsoft are |
| 3242 | ``'print'`` and ``'edit'`` (to be used on files) as well as ``'explore'`` and |
| 3243 | ``'find'`` (to be used on directories). |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | :func:`startfile` returns as soon as the associated application is launched. |
| 3246 | There is no option to wait for the application to close, and no way to retrieve |
| 3247 | the application's exit status. The *path* parameter is relative to the current |
| 3248 | directory. If you want to use an absolute path, make sure the first character |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | is not a slash (``'/'``); the underlying Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` function |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | doesn't work if it is. Use the :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | the path is properly encoded for Win32. |
| 3252 | |
Steve Dower | 7d0e0c9 | 2015-01-24 08:18:24 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 | To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` |
| 3254 | function is not resolved until this function is first called. If the function |
| 3255 | cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised. |
| 3256 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | Availability: Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | |
| 3260 | .. function:: system(command) |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | Execute the command (a string) in a subshell. This is implemented by calling |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | the Standard C function :c:func:`system`, and has the same limitations. |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | Changes to :data:`sys.stdin`, etc. are not reflected in the environment of |
| 3265 | the executed command. If *command* generates any output, it will be sent to |
| 3266 | the interpreter standard output stream. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | |
| 3268 | On Unix, the return value is the exit status of the process encoded in the |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | format specified for :func:`wait`. Note that POSIX does not specify the |
| 3270 | meaning of the return value of the C :c:func:`system` function, so the return |
| 3271 | value of the Python function is system-dependent. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3272 | |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | On Windows, the return value is that returned by the system shell after |
| 3274 | running *command*. The shell is given by the Windows environment variable |
| 3275 | :envvar:`COMSPEC`: it is usually :program:`cmd.exe`, which returns the exit |
| 3276 | status of the command run; on systems using a non-native shell, consult your |
| 3277 | shell documentation. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 | The :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for spawning |
| 3280 | new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is preferable |
| 3281 | to using this function. See the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section in |
| 3282 | the :mod:`subprocess` documentation for some helpful recipes. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3284 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
| 3285 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | |
| 3287 | .. function:: times() |
| 3288 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | Returns the current global process times. |
| 3290 | The return value is an object with five attributes: |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | * :attr:`user` - user time |
| 3293 | * :attr:`system` - system time |
| 3294 | * :attr:`children_user` - user time of all child processes |
| 3295 | * :attr:`children_system` - system time of all child processes |
| 3296 | * :attr:`elapsed` - elapsed real time since a fixed point in the past |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | For backwards compatibility, this object also behaves like a five-tuple |
| 3299 | containing :attr:`user`, :attr:`system`, :attr:`children_user`, |
| 3300 | :attr:`children_system`, and :attr:`elapsed` in that order. |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | See the Unix manual page |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | :manpage:`times(2)` or the corresponding Windows Platform API documentation. |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | On Windows, only :attr:`user` and :attr:`system` are known; the other |
| 3305 | attributes are zero. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3306 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3308 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 3310 | Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object |
| 3311 | with named attributes. |
| 3312 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 | |
| 3314 | .. function:: wait() |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | Wait for completion of a child process, and return a tuple containing its pid |
| 3317 | and exit status indication: a 16-bit number, whose low byte is the signal number |
| 3318 | that killed the process, and whose high byte is the exit status (if the signal |
| 3319 | number is zero); the high bit of the low byte is set if a core file was |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | produced. |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | .. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options) |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | Wait for the completion of one or more child processes. |
| 3327 | *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID` or :data:`P_ALL`. |
| 3328 | *id* specifies the pid to wait on. |
| 3329 | *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`, |
| 3330 | :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with |
| 3331 | :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object |
| 3332 | representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely: |
| 3333 | :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`, |
| 3334 | :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no |
| 3335 | children in a waitable state. |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | .. data:: P_PID |
| 3342 | P_PGID |
| 3343 | P_ALL |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect |
| 3346 | how *id* is interpreted. |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | .. data:: WEXITED |
| 3353 | WSTOPPED |
| 3354 | WNOWAIT |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what |
| 3357 | child signal to wait for. |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | .. data:: CLD_EXITED |
| 3365 | CLD_DUMPED |
| 3366 | CLD_TRAPPED |
| 3367 | CLD_CONTINUED |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by |
| 3370 | :func:`waitid`. |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3375 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | |
| 3377 | .. function:: waitpid(pid, options) |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | The details of this function differ on Unix and Windows. |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | On Unix: Wait for completion of a child process given by process id *pid*, and |
| 3382 | return a tuple containing its process id and exit status indication (encoded as |
| 3383 | for :func:`wait`). The semantics of the call are affected by the value of the |
| 3384 | integer *options*, which should be ``0`` for normal operation. |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | If *pid* is greater than ``0``, :func:`waitpid` requests status information for |
| 3387 | that specific process. If *pid* is ``0``, the request is for the status of any |
| 3388 | child in the process group of the current process. If *pid* is ``-1``, the |
| 3389 | request pertains to any child of the current process. If *pid* is less than |
| 3390 | ``-1``, status is requested for any process in the process group ``-pid`` (the |
| 3391 | absolute value of *pid*). |
| 3392 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 4cd6a95 | 2008-08-17 20:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | An :exc:`OSError` is raised with the value of errno when the syscall |
| 3394 | returns -1. |
| 3395 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | On Windows: Wait for completion of a process given by process handle *pid*, and |
| 3397 | return a tuple containing *pid*, and its exit status shifted left by 8 bits |
| 3398 | (shifting makes cross-platform use of the function easier). A *pid* less than or |
| 3399 | equal to ``0`` has no special meaning on Windows, and raises an exception. The |
| 3400 | value of integer *options* has no effect. *pid* can refer to any process whose |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | id is known, not necessarily a child process. The :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` |
| 3402 | functions called with :const:`P_NOWAIT` return suitable process handles. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 3407 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 3408 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | |
Ezio Melotti | ba4d8ed | 2012-11-23 19:45:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3410 | .. function:: wait3(options) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | |
| 3412 | Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except no process id argument is given and a |
| 3413 | 3-element tuple containing the child's process id, exit status indication, and |
| 3414 | resource usage information is returned. Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on resource usage information. The |
| 3416 | option argument is the same as that provided to :func:`waitpid` and |
| 3417 | :func:`wait4`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3420 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | |
Victor Stinner | 4195b5c | 2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | .. function:: wait4(pid, options) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | |
| 3424 | Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except a 3-element tuple, containing the child's |
| 3425 | process id, exit status indication, and resource usage information is returned. |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on |
| 3427 | resource usage information. The arguments to :func:`wait4` are the same |
| 3428 | as those provided to :func:`waitpid`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | |
| 3430 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3431 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | |
| 3433 | .. data:: WNOHANG |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | The option for :func:`waitpid` to return immediately if no child process status |
| 3436 | is available immediately. The function returns ``(0, 0)`` in this case. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3438 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 | |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | .. data:: WCONTINUED |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been continued |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 | from a job control stop since their status was last reported. |
| 3445 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | Availability: some Unix systems. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | |
| 3449 | .. data:: WUNTRACED |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been stopped but |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 | their current state has not been reported since they were stopped. |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | |
| 3457 | The following functions take a process status code as returned by |
| 3458 | :func:`system`, :func:`wait`, or :func:`waitpid` as a parameter. They may be |
| 3459 | used to determine the disposition of a process. |
| 3460 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 | .. function:: WCOREDUMP(status) |
| 3462 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | Return ``True`` if a core dump was generated for the process, otherwise |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | return ``False``. |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | |
| 3469 | .. function:: WIFCONTINUED(status) |
| 3470 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | Return ``True`` if the process has been continued from a job control stop, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | otherwise return ``False``. |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3475 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | |
| 3477 | .. function:: WIFSTOPPED(status) |
| 3478 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | Return ``True`` if the process has been stopped, otherwise return |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3480 | ``False``. |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | .. function:: WIFSIGNALED(status) |
| 3486 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | Return ``True`` if the process exited due to a signal, otherwise return |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | ``False``. |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | .. function:: WIFEXITED(status) |
| 3494 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 | Return ``True`` if the process exited using the :manpage:`exit(2)` system call, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | otherwise return ``False``. |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 | |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | .. function:: WEXITSTATUS(status) |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | If ``WIFEXITED(status)`` is true, return the integer parameter to the |
| 3504 | :manpage:`exit(2)` system call. Otherwise, the return value is meaningless. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | .. function:: WSTOPSIG(status) |
| 3510 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | Return the signal which caused the process to stop. |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | .. function:: WTERMSIG(status) |
| 3517 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | Return the signal which caused the process to exit. |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3521 | |
| 3522 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | Interface to the scheduler |
| 3524 | -------------------------- |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating |
| 3527 | system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed |
| 3528 | information, consult your Unix manpages. |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3531 | |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | operating system. |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | .. data:: SCHED_OTHER |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | The default scheduling policy. |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | .. data:: SCHED_BATCH |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve |
| 3542 | interactivity on the rest of the computer. |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | .. data:: SCHED_IDLE |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks. |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | .. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs. |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | .. data:: SCHED_FIFO |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | A First In First Out scheduling policy. |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | .. data:: SCHED_RR |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | A round-robin scheduling policy. |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | .. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK |
| 3561 | |
Martin Panter | 8d56c02 | 2016-05-29 04:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | This flag can be OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to |
| 3564 | the default. |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | .. class:: sched_param(sched_priority) |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in |
| 3570 | :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and |
| 3571 | :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable. |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | At the moment, there is only one possible parameter: |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | .. attribute:: sched_priority |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy. |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | .. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy) |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the |
| 3583 | scheduling policy constants above. |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | .. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy) |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the |
| 3589 | scheduling policy constants above. |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | .. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param) |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means |
| 3595 | the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants |
| 3596 | above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance. |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | .. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid) |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 |
| 3602 | means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy |
| 3603 | constants above. |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | .. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param) |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | Set a scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means |
| 3609 | the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance. |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | .. function:: sched_getparam(pid) |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the |
| 3615 | process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process. |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | .. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid) |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A |
| 3621 | *pid* of 0 means the calling process. |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | .. function:: sched_yield() |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | Voluntarily relinquish the CPU. |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | .. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask) |
| 3630 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 8486987 | 2012-08-04 16:16:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | Restrict the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) to a |
| 3632 | set of CPUs. *mask* is an iterable of integers representing the set of |
| 3633 | CPUs to which the process should be restricted. |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | |
| 3635 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 8486987 | 2012-08-04 16:16:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | .. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid) |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3637 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 8486987 | 2012-08-04 16:16:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process |
| 3639 | if zero) is restricted to. |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | |
| 3641 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 | .. _os-path: |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | Miscellaneous System Information |
| 3645 | -------------------------------- |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | .. function:: confstr(name) |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | Return string-valued system configuration values. *name* specifies the |
| 3651 | configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the name of a |
| 3652 | defined system value; these names are specified in a number of standards (POSIX, |
| 3653 | Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define additional names as well. |
| 3654 | The names known to the host operating system are given as the keys of the |
| 3655 | ``confstr_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not included in that |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3656 | mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3657 | |
| 3658 | If the configuration value specified by *name* isn't defined, ``None`` is |
| 3659 | returned. |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a |
| 3662 | specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is |
| 3663 | included in ``confstr_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with |
| 3664 | :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number. |
| 3665 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | Availability: Unix. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | |
| 3669 | .. data:: confstr_names |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`confstr` to the integer values |
| 3672 | defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | determine the set of names known to the system. |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | |
| 3677 | |
Charles-Francois Natali | 44feda3 | 2013-05-20 14:40:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | .. function:: cpu_count() |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns None if undetermined. |
| 3681 | |
Charles-François Natali | dc87e4b | 2015-07-13 21:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | This number is not equivalent to the number of CPUs the current process can |
| 3683 | use. The number of usable CPUs can be obtained with |
| 3684 | ``len(os.sched_getaffinity(0))`` |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | |
Charles-Francois Natali | 44feda3 | 2013-05-20 14:40:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | .. versionadded:: 3.4 |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | .. function:: getloadavg() |
| 3691 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last |
| 3693 | 1, 5, and 15 minutes or raises :exc:`OSError` if the load average was |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | unobtainable. |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 | |
| 3699 | .. function:: sysconf(name) |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | Return integer-valued system configuration values. If the configuration value |
| 3702 | specified by *name* isn't defined, ``-1`` is returned. The comments regarding |
| 3703 | the *name* parameter for :func:`confstr` apply here as well; the dictionary that |
| 3704 | provides information on the known names is given by ``sysconf_names``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | .. data:: sysconf_names |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`sysconf` to the integer values |
| 3712 | defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 | determine the set of names known to the system. |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | The following data values are used to support path manipulation operations. These |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | are defined for all platforms. |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module. |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | .. data:: curdir |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the current |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | directory. This is ``'.'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via |
| 3727 | :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | .. data:: pardir |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the parent |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3733 | directory. This is ``'..'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via |
| 3734 | :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | .. data:: sep |
| 3738 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3739 | The character used by the operating system to separate pathname components. |
| 3740 | This is ``'/'`` for POSIX and ``'\\'`` for Windows. Note that knowing this |
| 3741 | is not sufficient to be able to parse or concatenate pathnames --- use |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3742 | :func:`os.path.split` and :func:`os.path.join` --- but it is occasionally |
| 3743 | useful. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | .. data:: altsep |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 | An alternative character used by the operating system to separate pathname |
| 3749 | components, or ``None`` if only one separator character exists. This is set to |
| 3750 | ``'/'`` on Windows systems where ``sep`` is a backslash. Also available via |
| 3751 | :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | .. data:: extsep |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | The character which separates the base filename from the extension; for example, |
| 3757 | the ``'.'`` in :file:`os.py`. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3758 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | |
| 3760 | .. data:: pathsep |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | The character conventionally used by the operating system to separate search |
| 3763 | path components (as in :envvar:`PATH`), such as ``':'`` for POSIX or ``';'`` for |
| 3764 | Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | .. data:: defpath |
| 3768 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | The default search path used by :func:`exec\*p\* <execl>` and |
| 3770 | :func:`spawn\*p\* <spawnl>` if the environment doesn't have a ``'PATH'`` |
| 3771 | key. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | .. data:: linesep |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | The string used to separate (or, rather, terminate) lines on the current |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 | platform. This may be a single character, such as ``'\n'`` for POSIX, or |
| 3778 | multiple characters, for example, ``'\r\n'`` for Windows. Do not use |
| 3779 | *os.linesep* as a line terminator when writing files opened in text mode (the |
| 3780 | default); use a single ``'\n'`` instead, on all platforms. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | .. data:: devnull |
| 3784 | |
Georg Brandl | 850a990 | 2010-05-21 22:04:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3785 | The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for |
| 3786 | POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | .. data:: RTLD_LAZY |
| 3789 | RTLD_NOW |
| 3790 | RTLD_GLOBAL |
| 3791 | RTLD_LOCAL |
| 3792 | RTLD_NODELETE |
| 3793 | RTLD_NOLOAD |
| 3794 | RTLD_DEEPBIND |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and |
| 3797 | :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page |
| 3798 | :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean. |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | |
| 3802 | .. _os-miscfunc: |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | Miscellaneous Functions |
| 3805 | ----------------------- |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | .. function:: urandom(n) |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | Return a string of *n* random bytes suitable for cryptographic use. |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | This function returns random bytes from an OS-specific randomness source. The |
| 3813 | returned data should be unpredictable enough for cryptographic applications, |
Victor Stinner | dddf484 | 2016-06-07 11:21:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | though its exact quality depends on the OS implementation. |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | On Linux, ``getrandom()`` syscall is used if available and the urandom |
| 3817 | entropy pool is initialized (``getrandom()`` does not block). |
| 3818 | On a Unix-like system this will query ``/dev/urandom``. On Windows, it |
| 3819 | will use ``CryptGenRandom()``. If a randomness source is not found, |
Georg Brandl | c6a2c9b | 2013-10-06 18:43:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised. |
Andrew Svetlov | 03cb99c | 2012-10-16 13:15:06 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | |
Andrew Svetlov | 2bfe386 | 2012-10-16 13:52:25 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3822 | For an easy-to-use interface to the random number generator |
| 3823 | provided by your platform, please see :class:`random.SystemRandom`. |
Victor Stinner | ace8848 | 2015-07-29 02:28:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3824 | |
Victor Stinner | dddf484 | 2016-06-07 11:21:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5.2 |
| 3826 | On Linux, if ``getrandom()`` blocks (the urandom entropy pool is not |
| 3827 | initialized yet), fall back on reading ``/dev/urandom``. |
| 3828 | |
Victor Stinner | ace8848 | 2015-07-29 02:28:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
| 3830 | On Linux 3.17 and newer, the ``getrandom()`` syscall is now used |
| 3831 | when available. On OpenBSD 5.6 and newer, the C ``getentropy()`` |
| 3832 | function is now used. These functions avoid the usage of an internal file |
| 3833 | descriptor. |